Honda 2015 Cr V Owners Manual

Manual AT0Z1515OM 2015 Honda CR-V Owner's Manual | Manual Device

2015-10-23

: Honda Honda-2015-Honda-Cr-V-Owners-Manual-816848 honda-2015-honda-cr-v-owners-manual-816848 honda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 533

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

0 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
00x31-T0A-6330

Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

2015 CR-V Owner's Manual

AOM01550

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

1 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

A Few Words About Safety

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

2 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.

2 Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28

Seat Belts P. 33

Airbags P. 41

2 Instrument Panel P. 69
Indicators P. 70

Gauges and Displays P. 92

2 Controls P. 127
Clock P. 128
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 130
Opening and Closing the Moonroof * P. 152
Adjusting the Seats P. 175
Climate Control System * P. 200

2 Features P. 205
Audio System P. 206
Customized Features P. 271

Audio System Basic Operation P. 213
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver * P. 282

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
2 Driving P. 347

The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.

Before Driving P. 348
Towing a Trailer P. 353
Parking Your Vehicle P. 416 Multi-View Rear Camera * P. 417

2 Maintenance P. 425
Before Performing Maintenance P. 426
Maintenance MinderTM P. 429
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 461

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 483
Tools P. 484
Overheating P. 497

If a Tire Goes Flat P. 485
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 499

2 Information P. 509
Specifications P. 510
Emissions Testing P. 515

Identification Numbers P. 512
Warranty Coverages P. 517

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

3 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 54

Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 67

Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 140 Security System P. 147
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 153
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 185

Audio Error Messages P. 262
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 358
Refueling P. 420

Opening and Closing the Windows P. 150
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173
Heating and Cooling System * P. 197

General Information on the Audio System P. 267
Compass P. 342

When Driving P. 360
Fuel Economy P. 423

Braking P. 405
Accessories and Modifications P. 424

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 440
Replacing Light Bulbs P. 452
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465
Battery P. 474
Heating and Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance P. 477

Remote Transmitter Care P. 475
Cleaning P. 478

Engine Does Not Start P. 491
Fuses P. 503

Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 496
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 507

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 513
Authorized Manuals P. 519

Jump Starting P. 494
Emergency Towing P. 506

Reporting Safety Defects P. 514
Customer Service Information P. 520

P. 4

Safety Labels P. 68

Safe Driving

P. 27

Instrument Panel

P. 69

Controls

P. 127

Features

P. 205

Driving

P. 347

Maintenance

P. 425

Handling the Unexpected

P. 483

Information

P. 509

Index

P. 522

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

4 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ ECON Button (P 370)
❙ System Indicators (P 70)
❙ Gauges (P 92)
❙ Information Display * (P 93)
❙ Multi-Information Display * (P 96)
❙ intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID) (P 111)

❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Audio System (P 206)
❙ Navigation System *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Heating and Cooling System * (P 197)
❙ Climate Control System * (P 200)
❙ Rear Window Defogger (P 168)
❙ Heated Mirror Button * (P 168)
❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button * (P 154)
❙ Ignition Switch * (P 153)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 172)
❙ Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Button * (P 401)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P 396)
❙ Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button * (P 387)
❙ Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button * (P 412)
❙ Heated Windshield Button * (P 169)
❙ Power Tailgate Button * (P 145)
4

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

5 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

❙
(Display) Button (P 111)
❙ (Select/Reset) Knob * (P 93)
❙ Brightness Control (P 167)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons * (P 371)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons *

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 158)
❙ Fog Lights * (P 162)
❙ LaneWatchTM* (P 398)

(P 375)

❙ Wipers/Washers (P 164)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button *
(P 391)

❙
(Information) Button * (P 96)
❙ SEL/RESET Button * (P 96)
❙ Horn (Press an area around
.)
❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice
Control Buttons (P 284)

❙ MENU Button (P 114)
❙ SOURCE Button (P 114)
❙ (+ / (- / / Buttons (P 114)
* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

6 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Power Window Switches (P 150)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 138)
❙ Memory Buttons * (P 171)
❙ SET Button * (P 171)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 173)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P 504)
❙ Driver's Front Airbag
(P 44)

❙ Passenger's Front Airbag
(P 44)

❙ Shift Lever
Continuously Variable
Transmission (P 368)

❙ Glove Box (P 187)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P 189)

❙ Parking Brake (P 405)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 441)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P 421)
❙ Driver’s Pocket
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 174)
6

❙ Seat Heater Switches *
(P 194)

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

7 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Cargo Area Light (P 185)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 62)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 63)
❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P 38)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 50)
❙ Ceiling Light (P 185)
❙ Seat Belts (P 33)
❙ Moonroof Switch * (P 152)
❙ Map Lights (P 186)
❙ Sunglasses Holder (P 193)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P 189)
❙ USB Port(s) * (P 208)
❙ USB Adapter Cable * (P 207)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack * (P 207)
❙ HDMI® Port * (P 209)
❙ Front Seat (P 175)
❙ Side Airbags (P 48)

❙ Coat Hook (P 191)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Rear Seat (P 182)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 59)

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

8 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 440)
❙ Audio Antenna (P 209)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P 164, 461)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 174)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 133)
❙ Headlights (P 159, 452)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights (P 158, 455, 456)
❙ Parking Lights (P 159, 456)
❙ Tires (P 465, 485)
❙ Fog Lights * (P 162, 453)
❙ How to Refuel (P 421)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 460)
❙ Rear Wiper (P 165, 463)
❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate
(P 140)

❙ Multi-View Rear Camera * (P 417)
❙ Tailgate Release Button (P141)
❙ Brake/Taillights (P 457)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 457)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 457)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P 457)
8

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

9 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Eco Assist System

(P 370)
Quick Reference Guide

Ambient Meter

● Changes color to reflect your driving
style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Yellow: Moderate acceleration/
deceleration
White: Aggressive acceleration/
deceleration
● The ambient meter color changes in
accordance with your brake or
accelerator pedal operation.

Models with multi-information
display

ECON Button (P 370)

The message is displayed for a
few seconds when the ECON
mode is turned on.

Helps maximize fuel economy.

ECON Mode Indicator (P 78)
Comes on when ECON mode is on.

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

10 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Safe Driving

(P 27)

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P 41)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 54)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 67)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P 33)

Before Driving Checklist (P 32)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.

● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

11 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Instrument Panel

(P 69)

System Indicators
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

System Indicators
Shift Lever Position Indicator

Temperature Gauge
Ambient Meter

Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Smart Entry System
Indicator *
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Door and Tailgate *
Open Indicator
Tailgate Open
Indicator *

Tachometer

Multi-Information Display *
Speedometer

System Indicators

Fuel
Gauge

Security System Alarm Indicator *

ECON Mode Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
U.S.

Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator

Canada

System Message
Indicator *

U.S.

Brake System
Indicator (Amber)

Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator

Canada

Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) Indicator *

High Beam Indicator

Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) Indicator *

Fog Light Indicator *

All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator *
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

Gauges (P 92)/Information Display * (P 93)/Multi-Information Display * (P96)/
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) (P 111)/System Indicators (P 70)

Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Starter System
Indicator *
Collision Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) Indicator *
Lane Departure
Warning Indicator *
CRUISE MAIN Indicator *
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator *
Maintenance Minder
Indicator *
Washer Level
Indicator *
* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

12 ページ

Controls

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

(P127)

Quick Reference Guide

Clock (P 128)

Models with one display

Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the
displayed time begins flashing.

Press the (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
button to set the time. Press the (6
(Reset) button to set the time to the
nearest hour.

Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.

Models with navigation system

The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
Models without navigation system
Models with two displays

The clock in the i-MID is automatically
updated along with the audio system’s clock
display.
i-MID

To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the
clock display begins to blink, then press the
(6 (Reset) button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock
sets forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00

Models with two displays

(Home) Button

Press the
(Home) button, then
select Settings.

Select Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.

Touch the 3 / 4 icon to adjust the
numbers up or down.

Select OK.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

13 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

ENGINE START/STOP
Button * (P154)

Turn Signals (P158)
Turn Signal Control Lever

(P164)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Low Sensitivity*1
: Long Delay*2
: High Sensitivity*1
: Short Delay*2

Left

Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.

Lights (P159)

Quick Reference Guide

Right

Wipers and Washers

Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.

Light Control Switches

High Beam
Low Beam

Flashing

MIST
OFF
AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT*2: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

14 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Steering Wheel (P172)

Tailgate (P140)

Quick Reference Guide

● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.

Power Door Mirrors
(P174)
● With the ignition switch in ON (w *1, move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Selector Switch

Models without smart entry system

● With all the doors unlocked, press the
tailgate release button and lift open the
tailgate.
Models with smart entry system

Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P137)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.

● Press the tailgate release button to
unlock and open the tailgate when you
carry the smart entry remote.

Adjustment Switch

Models with power tailgate

● Press the power tailgate button on the
driver side control panel or the remote
transmitter to open and close the power
tailgate.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of
an ignition switch.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

15 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Heating and Cooling System * (P 197)

● With the ignition switch in ON (w *1, open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger's window switch is disabled.

●
●
●
●
●
●

Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
Press the Mode buttons (
/
/
/
) to select the vents air flows from.
Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
Use the
button for maximum cool setting.
Rotate the fan control dial to OFF to turn the system off.
Press the
button to defrost the windshield.
Button
Button
Button

Power Window Lock Button

Button
(Windshield
Defroster) Button

Indicator

Window
Switch

Fan Control
Dial

Button

Quick Reference Guide

Power Windows (P150)

Temperature
Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from dashboard
vents and back of the center
console.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents and back
of the center console.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have
an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of
an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

16 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Climate Control System * (P 200)
Quick Reference Guide

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the
button to defrost the windshield.
Models with navigation system

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.
SYNC (Synchronized) Button

Driver's Side Temperature
Control Dial

(Windshield Defroster) Button

Passenger's Side Temperature
Control Dial
AUTO Button

(On/Off) Button

(Recirculation) Button

(Fan Control) Buttons

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
MODE Control Button
Air flows from dashboard
vents and back of the center
console.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents and back of
the center console.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

17 ページ

Features

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

(P 205)

Audio Remote Controls

Audio System (P 206)
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

(+ / (- Button

Button

i-MID

SOURCE
Button
● (+ / (- Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button

Button

AM Button

CD Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)

Models with one display

Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM® */CD/USB/iPod/Pandora® */AhaTM/
Apps/Bluetooth® Audio/AUX HDMI.
●
/
Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.

(Power) Button
CD Slot

Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
Models with two displays

Quick Reference Guide

Models with one display

(P211)

(CD Eject) Button
SCAN Button
FM Button

AUX Button

Skip/Seek Button

PHONE Button

SETUP Button

Selector Knob

Button

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

18 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Models with two displays

(Eject/CLOSE) Button
Quick Reference Guide

i-MID

Audio/Information Screen

(Power) Button
(Home) Button
VOL (Volume)
Buttons
(Menu) Button
(Back) Button
Button
(Eject/CLOSE)
Button
Microphones
● Press the

CD Slot

(Eject/CLOSE) button to open the screen.

● Press the
(Eject/CLOSE) button to
return the screen to the upright position.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

19 ページ

Driving

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

(P 347)

● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.

Release Button

Shift Lever

Quick Reference Guide

Continuously Variable Transmission (P 368)
● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Drive (S)
● Better acceleration
● Used to increase engine braking
● Used when going up or down hills
Low
● Used to further increase engine braking
● Used when going up or down hills

Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of (P .
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

20 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

VSA® OFF Button (P 397)
Quick Reference Guide

● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

Cruise Control * (P 371)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press –/SET once you have
achieved the desired speed (above 25
mph or 40 km/h).

Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P 401)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

Collision Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) OFF Button *
(P 412)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

21 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Refueling (P 420)

Pull the fuel fill door
release handle.

Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.

Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.

After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.

Quick Reference Guide

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 L)

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

22 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Maintenance
Quick Reference Guide

Under the Hood (P 440)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.

c
22

(P 425)

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.

Wiper Blades (P 461)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.

Tires (P 465)

Lights (P 452)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.

● Inspect all lights regularly.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

23 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Handling the Unexpected

(P483)

Engine Won't Start (P491) Overheating (P497)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.

● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.

Indicators Come On

Blown Fuse (P503)

Emergency Towing (P506)

(P499)

● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.

● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.

● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.

Quick Reference Guide

Flat Tire (P485)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
cargo area.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

24 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

What to Do If
Quick Reference Guide

The ignition switch does
not turn from (0 to (q *1.
Why?

●

The steering wheel may be locked.

Models without smart entry system
●

Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.

Models with smart entry system*2
●

Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button at the same time.

The ignition switch does
not turn from (q to (0 *1
and I cannot remove the
key. Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P .

Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
*2:Canadian models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

25 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the
lever to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?

The beeper sounds when:
● The key is left in the ignition switch *.
● The power mode * is in ACCESSORY.
● The exterior lights are left on.

* Not available on all models

Quick Reference Guide

The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

Quick Reference Guide

26 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when:
● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
● The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

27 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 28
Important Handling Information......... 30
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 31
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 33
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 36
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44

Side Airbags ...................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 50
Airbag System Indicators.................... 51
Airbag Care ....................................... 53
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 54
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......56

Safety of Larger Children ................... 65
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 67
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 68

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

28 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

29 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

Safe Driving

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

30 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information

Important Handling Information

Safe Driving

Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tripping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.

1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Precautions While Driving P. 366
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 358
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

31 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Your Vehicle's Safety Features
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
9

Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.

6
10
7
8
10

However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.

6
7
8
9
10
11

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

32 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

■ Safety Checklist
Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 137

• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175

• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36

• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 54

* Not available on all models

1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or the tailgate open indicator will
come on and a message appears on the multiinformation display *, a door and/or the tailgate is not
completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate
tightly until the indicator goes off.
2 Door and Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
2 Door Open Indicator P. 75
2 Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75
*

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

33 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers

■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 62

Continued

1About Your Seat Belts

3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.

Safe Driving

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

34 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts

1About Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

■ Seat Belt Reminder
*

1Seat Belt Reminder

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1
before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the
beeper will sound and the indicator will blink.
If the driver does not fasten the belt before
the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w *1.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 54

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

35 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

Safe Driving

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

36 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
Safe Driving

Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.

Buckle

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.

Latch
Plate

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

37 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

1Fastening a Seat Belt

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.

Safe Driving

Lap belt
as low as
possible

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release buttons.
Push
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
Push
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.

Continued

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

38 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.

Small Latch Plate

1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

3 WARNING

Safe Driving

Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.

Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate

2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure
the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt
to the anchor buckle.

To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
Latch Plate

Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate

Buckle

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.

Small Latch Plate

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

39 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

40 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Safe Driving

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

41 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Airbags
Airbag System Components

Safe Driving

6
8

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

42 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:

d An electronic control unit that continually

monitors and can record information
about the sensors, the airbag activators,
the seat belt tensioners, and driver and
front passenger seat belt use when the
ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

h Impact

sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.

a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.

e Automatic

front seat belt tensioners. The
driver's and front passenger's seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.

j An indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k Safing

b Two

side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

c Two

side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.

Sensor

rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.

g Weight

sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).

*1: Models with the smart entry system
have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

43 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

44 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON (w *1.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or
other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

45 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

46 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Safe Driving

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

47 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.

The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.

Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors

If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.

Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger's front airbag.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

48 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seatbacks.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
inflated

Side
Airbag

When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

1Side Airbags
Do not let the front passenger lean sideways with
their head in the deployment path of the side airbag.
An inflating side airbag can strike with strong force
and seriously injure the passenger.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag
may not deploy when there is no passenger in the
front passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

49 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

Safe Driving

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

50 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Safe Driving

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.

■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.

1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

51 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

Safe Driving

One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on.

■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
*

■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w *1
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

3 WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued
* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

52 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.

Canada

■ When the passenger airbag off

Safe Driving

indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:

• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.

• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.

• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 54

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger's seat.

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

53 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.

Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed

1Airbag Care

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

54 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

55 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.

Safe Driving

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle warning came
with a label on the dashboard (U.S. models) and has
labels on the front visors. Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 68

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

56 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Infants
Safe Driving

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.

1Protecting Infants

3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 41

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

57 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Continued

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

58 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat
Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

59 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in rear seats. A child seat is attached
to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Marks

Lower Anchors

Rigid Type

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

60 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Safe Driving

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Flexible Type
Outer position

Tether
Strap
Hook

Outer position

3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
4. Go to step 7.

Anchor

Center position

Center Lower Anchor

Cover

Center position

3. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
4. Open the anchor cover.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

61 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Center position

Anchor

All models

Tether Strap
Hook

7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
9. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

Continued

Safe Driving

5. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
6. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

62 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

63 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether
Anchor Fitting

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
Safe Driving

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

1Adding Security with a Tether

Two tether anchorage points are provided
behind the rear outer seating positions and
one in the ceiling for the rear center. A child
seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.

Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.

Tether Anchorage Points

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

64 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Tether
Strap
Hook
Safe Driving
Anchor

Anchor

Tether Strap
Hook

■ Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

■ Using the center anchor
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

65 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children
■ Protecting Larger Children

1Safety of Larger Children

■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Continued

3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.

Safe Driving

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

66 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats

1Booster Seats

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

67 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling system */climate control
system * as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the
mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.

Safe Driving

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.

Adjust the heating and cooling system */climate control system * in the same manner
if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

68 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
Safe Driving

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models

Canadian models

Sun Visor
U.S. models only

Dashboard
U.S. models only

Radiator Cap

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

69 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 70
Gauges and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 92
Information Display * .......................... 93
Multi-Information Display *................. 96
intelligent Multi-Information Display (iMID) .............................................. 111

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

70 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Indicators

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Instrument Panel

●

U.S.

Canada

Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator

●

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off if the parking
brake has been released.
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is
released.
Comes on when the brake fluid level
is low.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the
parking brake not fully released.

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.

●

Comes on while driving - Make sure the
parking brake is released. Check the brake
fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes
on while driving P. 501

●

Comes on along with the ABS indicator
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 501

Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 499

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Message *

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

71 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait
for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle
to a dealer.

Message *

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 515

●

Instrument Panel

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, and goes off
when the engine starts, or after
several seconds if the engine did not
start. If “readiness codes” have not
been set, it blinks five times before it
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the engine's
cylinders is detected.

Explanation

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 500
●

Charging System
Indicator

●

Shift Lever
Position Indicator

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the
heating and cooling system */climate control
system * and rear defogger to reduce
electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On P. 499

Indicates the current shift lever
position.
2 Shifting P. 368

—

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

72 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Transmission
Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator

●

Low Fuel
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Blinks if the transmission system has
a problem.

●

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts
and acceleration and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.

Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1.
If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on a
few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not fastened
a seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten
their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt - A
detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.3 U.S.
gal./8.6 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.

●

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Message *

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

73 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

●

All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) System
Indicator *

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time, there
is a problem with the ABS.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the AWD.
Blinks when the AWD system is
overheated. The system is inactive.

●

Stays on constantly - the engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - the engine drives the
front wheels only in this state. Stop in a safe
place, shift to (P , and idle the engine until the
indicator goes off. If the indicator does not
stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.

Message *

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability
but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407

●

Instrument Panel

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

Explanation

2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM * P. 400

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

74 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator

●

VSA® OFF
Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Blinks when VSA® is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the hill start assist system.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.

Explanation
●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 396

2 VSA® On and Off P. 397

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Message *

—

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

75 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Door and Tailgate
Open Indicator

●

Models without
multi-information
display

Door Open
Indicator

Models without
multi-information
display

Tailgate Open
Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if any door or the tailgate
is not completely closed.
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door or the tailgate is
opened while driving.

●

Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are
closed.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if any door is not
completely closed.
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if any door is opened while
driving.

●

Goes off when all doors are closed.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if the tailgate is not
completely closed.

●

Message *

Instrument Panel

Models with
multi-information
display

Explanation

—

Goes off when the tailgate is closed.
—

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

76 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Instrument Panel

Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator

●

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, and goes off
when the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1.
May come on for a few seconds
again if the engine is not started for
several tens of seconds with the
ignition switch in ON (w *1.
Comes on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly low.
- The system has not been calibrated.

●

Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire is temporarily installed.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 501

●

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The system
needs to be calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 401

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted
with a compact spare, get your regular tire
repaired or replaced and put back on your
vehicle as soon as you can.

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Message *

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

77 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Turn Signal
Indicators

Lights On
Indicator
Fog Light
Indicator *

●

Comes on when the fog lights are
on.

—

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 457

Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO * when the exterior
lights are on.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn
signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb
immediately.

Message *

●

—

If you remove the key from the ignition
switch*1 while the lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver's door is opened.

—

Instrument Panel

High Beam
Indicator

●

Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
Blinks along with all turn signals if
you press the hazard warning
button.

Explanation

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

78 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

Immobilizer
System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w *1, then goes
off.
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.

●

Security System
Alarm Indicator *

Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.

Explanation

Message *

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Turn
the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1, pull the
key out, and then insert the key and turn it
to ON (w *1 again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.

—

2 Security System Alarm * P. 147

Indicator
●

ECON Mode
Indicator

●

Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, then goes off.
Comes on when ECON mode is on.

2 ECON Button P. 370

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

—

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

79 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator *

Washer Level
Indicator *

●

Maintenance
Minder Indicator *

●

Explanation

Message *

Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.

2 Cruise Control* P. 371

—

Comes on when you have set a
speed for cruise control.

2 Cruise Control* P. 371

—

Comes on when the washer fluid
gets low.
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w *1, then goes off.
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.

●

Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 451

—

2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429

—

Instrument Panel

CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator *

On/Blinking

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

80 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Explanation

Instrument Panel

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON.
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the smart entry system or
push button starting system.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if the starter system has a
problem.

●

As a temporary measure, press and hold the
ENGINE START/STOP button for up to 15
seconds while pressing the brake pedal and
manually start the engine. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Smart Entry
System Indicator *

●

Starter System
Indicator *

●

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Message *

* Not available on all models

—

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

81 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

U.S.

Canada

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with a
system related to braking other than
the conventional brake system.

●

While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see the message
again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is cancelled, or the
button
is pressed.
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.

Brake System
Indicator (Amber)

Message *

—

Instrument Panel

System Message
Indicator *

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w *1, then goes off.
Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.

Explanation

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

82 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Models with ACC

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Instrument Panel

Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator *

●

Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator *
●

* Not available on all models

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC.

●

Comes on - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.

●

Comes on - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on when the LKAS button is
pressed or the LKAS automatically
canceled. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.

●

If any other system indicators come on, such
as the VSA®, ABS and brake system, take
appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 70

Message *

—

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

83 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Models with CMBSTM

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

* Not available on all models

●

Message *

Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM
off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) * P. 409

Instrument Panel

Collision
Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator *

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBSTM. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBSTM.

Explanation

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

84 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Models with CMBSTM

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Comes on when the CMBSTM system
shuts itself off.

Explanation
●

Instrument Panel

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

●

Collision
Mitigation
Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM)
Indicator *

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) * P. 409

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The system
activates when the temperature inside the
camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

* Not available on all models

Message *

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

85 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LDW system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the LDW system
shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator *

Message *

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374
●

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

86 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Display Warning and Information Messages *
The following messages appear on the multi-information display * or intelligent multi-information display (i-MID). Press the
(information) button to see the message again with the system message indicator on.
Message

Condition
●

Explanation

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.

Instrument Panel

2 Overheating P. 497

Canadian
models

●

Appears when the washer fluid is low.

●

Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 451

Models with AWD system

Message
●

Condition

Explanation

Appears when the differential temperature is too high.

Stop in a safe place, shift to (P , and idle the engine until
the message goes off. If it does not goes off, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
2 Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *
P. 400

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

87 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Models with smart entry system

Message

Condition
●

Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the keyless remote inside the vehicle.

Explanation
●

Disappears when you bring the keyless remote back
inside the vehicle, and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 156

●

Appears when the smart entry remote battery becomes
weak.

●

Appears when the starting system has a problem.

●

Instrument Panel

●

Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Smart Entry Remote * P. 476

As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 15 seconds while depressing
the brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Starting the Engine P. 362

* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

88 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Models with power tailgate system

Message
U.S.

Condition
●

Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate
system.

Explanation
●
●

Manually open or close the power tailgate.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Instrument Panel

Canada

Models with ACC

Message

Condition
●

●

Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and
prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)

Explanation
●

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
cover.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * P. 375

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

89 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Models with LKAS

Message

Condition

Explanation

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle.

●

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

●

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.

●

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front
sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

●

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.

Appears when the LKAS button is pressed or the LKAS
automatically canceled. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.

●

* Not available on all models

●

Instrument Panel

●

2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 82

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

90 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Models with smart entry system

Message

Condition
●

Explanation

Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.
2 Starting the Engine P. 362

Instrument Panel

●

Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE:
BRAKE + PUSH messages appears.
Appears three seconds after you bring the smart entry
remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button
when TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START
BUTTON appears. TO START ENGINE: BRAKE + PUSH
appears sequentially.

2 Changing the Power Mode P. 154

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

91 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicatorsuDisplay Warning and Information Messages *

Message

Condition

Explanation

Appears when the steering wheel is locked.

●

Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button.

●

Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button
to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P .

●

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after
moving the shift lever to (P .

●

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Instrument Panel

●

—

●

Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Appears if the smart entry remote’s battery is too weak
to start the engine or the key is not with you when
starting the engine. A beeper sounds six times.

●

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.

2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 492

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

92 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

■ Speedometer
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Instrument Panel

■ Tachometer
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.

■ Temperature Gauge
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE

Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 497

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

93 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display *

Information Display *
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.

■ Switching the Display
Press the

1Switching the Display
Each time you press the
knob, the information
display changes as follows:

Instant Fuel Economy,
Range, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature

Instrument Panel

Instant Fuel Economy,
Odometer, Trip Meter A,
Outside Temperature

(Select/Reset) knob to change the display.

Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel A, Trip Meter
A, Outside Temperature

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Instant Fuel Economy,
Average Fuel B, Trip Meter
B, Outside Temperature

Engine Oil Life

Some of the items on the information display also
appear on the i-MID. They also change along with the
information display changes while the fuel
consumption is shown.

* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

94 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display *

■ Trip Meter

1Trip Meter

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■ Resetting a trip meter
Instrument Panel

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the
reset to 0.0.

knob. The trip meter is

■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.

■ Engine Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

■ Check Fuel Cap
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 500

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the
knob.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

95 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display *

■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the i-MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Instrument Panel

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.

1Outside Temperature

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

96 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Multi-Information Display *
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

■ Switching the Display
Instrument Panel

Press the

(information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the display.

■ Main displays

Blank

Instant Fuel Economy

Average Fuel Economy A

Range

Average Speed A

Elapsed Time A

SEL/RESET Button

Button
Customizable Setting Entry

* Not available on all models

Engine Oil Life

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

97 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Lower displays
SEL/RESET
Button

Instrument Panel

SEL/RESET
Button

Outside Temperature
Odometer

Trip A

Trip B

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

■ Trip Meter

1Trip Meter

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.

■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.

Continued

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

98 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Instrument Panel

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.

■ Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

■ Engine Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429

1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 100
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 100

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

99 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.

■ Elapsed Time

1Elapsed Time

■ Average Speed

1Average Speed

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last time Trip A
or Trip B was reset.

Continued

You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 100

Instrument Panel

You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 100

Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

100 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

■ How to customize
Instrument Panel

Select the VEHICLE SETTINGS screen by pressing the
button while the
ignition switch is in ON (w *1. The screen switches to CHANGE SETTINGS.

When you customize settings, shift to (P .

Multi-Information Display:
Goes to customize settings.

Button:
Changes the customize menus and items.

SEL/RESET Button:
Enters the selected item.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

100

To select customizing items, press the SEL/RESET
button on the CHANGE SETTINGS screen, then
press the
button.
2 List of customizable options P. 104
2 Example of customization settings P. 109

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

101 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Customization flow
Press the

button.

VEHICLE SETTINGS

Instrument Panel

SEL/RESET

TPMS CALIBRATION

CHANGE SETTINGS

SEL/RESET

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
SETUP *

SEL/RESET

FORWARD COLLISION WARNING DISTANCE
ACC FORWARD VEHICLE DETECT BEEP
ACC DISPLAY SPEED UNIT
LANE KEEPING ASSIST SUSPEND BEEP

METER SETUP

SEL/RESET

LANGUAGE SELECTION
ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY
“TRIP A” RESET TIMING
“TRIP B” RESET TIMING
FUEL EFFICIENCY BACKLIGHT

* Not available on all models

Continued

101

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

102 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

SEL/RESET

Instrument Panel

DRIVING POSITION SETUP

SEL/RESET

MEMORY POSITION LINK

KEYLESS ACCESS SETUP *

SEL/RESET

DOOR UNLOCK MODE

KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP
LIGHTING SETUP

SEL/RESET

INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER
AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY

DOOR SETUP

SEL/RESET

AUTO DOOR LOCK
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK
KEY AND REMOTE UNLOCK MODE
KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER

102

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

103 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

SEL/RESET

POWER TAILGATE SETUP

SEL/RESET

KEYLESS OPEN MODE
Instrument Panel

POWER OPEN BY OUTER HANDLE

EXIT

MAINTENANCE RESET

DEFAULT ALL

EXIT
Continued

103

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

104 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ List of customizable options

Instrument Panel

Setup Group

Customizable Features

TPMS
CALIBRATION

—

Calibrates the TPMS.

CANCEL/CALIBRATE

FORWARD
COLLISION WARNING
DISTANCE

Changes the distance to activate the collision
alert when a vehicle ahead of you gets too
close.

LONG/NORMAL*1/
SHORT

ACC FORWARD
VEHICLE DETECT
BEEP *

Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes
out of the ACC range.

ON/OFF*1

ACC DISPLAY SPEED
UNIT *

Changes the displayed measurement of the
set vehicle speed on the multi-information
display.

mph*1/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

LANE KEEPING
ASSIST SUSPEND
BEEP *

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.

ON/OFF*1

CHANGE
SETTINGS

DRIVER ASSIST
SYSTEM
SETUP *

*1:Default Setting

104

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

105 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Setup Group

METER SETUP

Description

Selectable settings

LANGUAGE
SELECTION

Changes the displayed language.

ENGLISH*1/
FRANCAIS/ESPANOL

ADJUST OUTSIDE
TEMP. DISPLAY

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.

−5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F
(U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)

“TRIP A” RESET
TIMING

Changes the setting of how to reset trip
meter A, average fuel economy A, average
speed A, and elapsed time A.

WHEN REFUELED/
IGN OFF/MANUALLY
RESET*1

“TRIP B” RESET
TIMING

Changes the setting of how to reset trip
meter B, average fuel economy B, average
speed B, and elapsed time B.

WHEN REFUELED/
IGN OFF/MANUALLY
RESET*1

FUEL EFFICIENCY
BACKLIGHT

Turns the ambient meter feature on and off.

ON*1/OFF

Instrument Panel

CHANGE
SETTINGS

Customizable Features

*1:Default Setting

Continued

105

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

106 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Setup Group

Customizable Features

DRIVING
POSITION
SETUP *
Instrument Panel

KEYLESS
ACCESS SETUP *
CHANGE
SETTINGS

LIGHTING
SETUP

*1:Default Setting

106

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

MEMORY POSITION
LINK

Turns the driving position memory system on
and off.

ON*1/OFF

DOOR UNLOCK
MODE

Changes which doors unlock when you grab
the driver’s door handle and tailgate handle.
When you press the tailgate release button, if
you chose DRIVER DOOR ONLY, only
tailgate is unlatched.
If you chose ALL DOORS, tailgate is
unlatched and all doors are unlocked.

DRIVER DOOR
ONLY*1/ALL DOORS

KEYLESS ACCESS
BEEP

Causes the beeper to sound when you
unlock/lock the doors.

ON*1/OFF

INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME

Changes the length of time the interior lights
stay on after you close the doors.

60 sec/30 sec*1/15 sec

HEADLIGHT AUTO
OFF TIMER

Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.

60 sec/30 sec/15
sec*1/0 sec

AUTO LIGHT
SENSITIVITY *

Changes the timing for the headlights to
come on.

MAX/HIGH/MID*1/
LOW/MIN

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

107 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Setup Group

Customizable Features

OFF/WITH VEH SPD*1/
SHIFT FROM P

AUTO DOOR
UNLOCK

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

WHEN DRIVER’S
DOOR OPENS*1/WHEN
SHIFTING INTO PARK/
WHEN IGNITION
SWITCHED OFF/OFF

KEY AND REMOTE
UNLOCK MODE

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first operation of the remote or
ignition key.

DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL
DOORS

KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Turns on or off the keyless lock
acknowledgment of:
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

ON*1/OFF

SECURITY RELOCK
TIMER

Changes the time it takes for the doors to
relock and the security system to set after you
unlock the vehicle without opening any door.

90 sec/60 sec/30 sec*1

Instrument Panel

DOOR SETUP

Selectable settings

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

AUTO DOOR LOCK

CHANGE
SETTINGS

Description

*1:Default Setting

Continued

107

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

108 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Setup Group

Instrument Panel

CHANGE
SETTINGS

Customizable Features

POWER
TAILGATE
SETUP *

MAINTENANCE
RESET
DEFAULT
ALL
*1:Default Setting

108

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

KEYLESS OPEN
MODE

Changes the keyless setting for when the
power tailgate opens.

ANYTIME*1/WHEN
UNLOCKED

POWER OPEN BY
OUTER HANDLE

Changes the setting to open power tailgate
by tailgate outer handle.

OFF (MANUAL
ONLY)/ON (POWER/
MANUAL)*1

Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display
when you have performed the maintenance
service.

CANCEL/RESET

Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.

SET/CANCEL

—

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

109 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

■ Example of customization settings

Instrument Panel

The steps for changing the “TRIP A” RESET TIMING setting to WHEN REFUELD are
shown below. The default setting for “TRIP A” RESET TIMING is MANUALLY
RESET.
1. Press the
button until VEHICLE
SETTINGS appears on the display, then
press the SEL/RESET button.
2. Press the
button until CHANGE
SETTINGS appears on the display, then
press the SEL/RESET button.

3. Press the
button until METER
SETUP appears on the display, then press
the SEL/RESET button.
u LANGUAGE SELECTION appears first in
the display.

Continued

109

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

110 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display *

Instrument Panel

4. Press the
button until “TRIP A”
RESET TIMING appears on the display,
then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select WHEN REFUELED,
MANUALLY RESET, IGN OFF, or EXIT.

5. Press the
button and select WHEN
REFUELED, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
u The WHEN REFUELED setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.

6. Press the
button until EXIT appears
in the display, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.

110

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

111 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Shows useful information, such as audio status. It also displays the compass
direction and clock.

■ Switching the Display
Press the

(display) button to change the display.
Instrument Panel

Audio/HFL display

Display
Button

Fuel consumption

Full size analog clock/
Wallpaper

Black screen

Continued

111

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

112 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

■ Elapsed Time
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■ Average Speed
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

112

1Average Fuel Economy
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 114
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 114

1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 114
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 114

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

113 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429

■ Compass Direction
2 Compass P. 342

■ Turn-by-Turn Directions *

1Turn-by-Turn Directions *

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 See the Navigation System Manual

* Not available on all models

Continued

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Instrument Panel

Shows the vehicle's traveling direction.

113

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

114 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the (+ / (button.
2 List of customizable options P. 118
2 Example of customizing wallpapers * P. 123

Use the i-MID to customize certain features.

■ How to customize
Instrument Panel

Select the Vehicle Menu screen by pressing the MENU button while the ignition
switch is in ON (w *1, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Select Customize
Settings, then press the SOURCE button.

(+ Button

Press to scroll upwards.
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
(- Button

Press to scroll downwards.

SOURCE Button
Press to set your selection.
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
MENU Button
Press to go to Vehicle Menu.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

114

* Not available on all models

When you customize settings, shift to (P .

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

115 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customization flow

1Customized Features

Press the MENU button.

You can exit the customizing screen at any time by
pressing the MENU button.

Vehicle Menu
Vehicle Information
Instrument Panel

Adjust Clock *

* Not available on all models

Continued

115

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

116 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Customize Settings

TPMS Calibration
Instrument Panel

Select Wallpaper *
Import Wallpaper *
Delete Wallpaper *
Trip Meter Item to Display
Display Setup

Welcome Screen
Color Theme
Keyless Start Guidance Screens *
Turn by Turn Display *
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Trip A reset trigger

Trip Computer Setup

Trip B reset trigger
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Language Selection

116

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

117 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Keyless Access Beep

Keyless Access Setup *
Instrument Panel

Door Unlock Mode
Interior Light Dimming Time

Lighting Setup

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity *
Auto Door Lock
Door Lock Mode
Door Setup

Auto Unlock All Doors
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment
Security Relock Timer

Default All

* Not available on all models

Continued

117

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

118 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ List of customizable options
Setup Group
Vehicle
Information

Customizable Features
Maintenance info

Instrument Panel

*1:Default Setting

118

No/Yes

Selects the 12 hour or 24 hour clock display, and
adjusts the time.

12h*1/24h

Calibrates the TPMS.

Cancel/Initialize

Select
Wallpaper *

Selects the full-size analogue clock or the wallpaper.

Clock*1/Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3

Import
Wallpaper *

Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

Delete
Wallpaper *

Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Image 1/Image 2/Image 3

Trip Meter
Item to
Display

Selects an item to be displayed along with average
fuel economy.

Range*1/Elapsed time/
Average speed

TPMS Calibration

Display
Setup

* Not available on all models

Selectable settings

Reset the Maintenance MinderTM.

Adjust
Clock *

Customize
Settings

Description

Three images can be stored.
2 Importing wallpapers
from USB P. 123

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

119 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Display
Setup

Description

Selectable settings

Welcome
Screen

Selects whether the welcome screen comes on or not
when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *3.

On*1/Off

Color Theme

Changes the color of the screen.

Blue*1/Red/Amber/Gray

Keyless Start
Guidance
Screens *

Displays the push button start guidance when
conditions are met to change power mode.

On/Off*1

Turn by Turn
Display *, *2

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or
not during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

Language
Selection

Changes the displayed language.

English*1/Francais/Español

Instrument Panel

Customize
Settings

Customizable Features

*1:Default Setting
*2:See the Navigation System Manual
*3:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

* Not available on all models

Continued

119

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

120 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Selectable settings

Instrument Panel

Adjust
Outside
Temp.
Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

−5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
(Canada)

Trip A reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.

With refuel/Manual
only*1/IGN Off

Trip B reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.

With refuel/Manual
only*1/IGN Off

Fuel
Efficiency
Backlight

Turns the ambient meter feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Language Selection

Changes the displayed language.

English*1/Francais/Espanol

Driving
Position
Setup *

Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Trip
Computer
Setup
Customize
Settings

*1:Default Setting

120

Description

* Not available on all models

Memory
Position Link

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

121 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Customize
Settings

Lighting
Setup

Selectable settings

Keyless
Access Beep

Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the
doors.

On*1/Off

Door Unlock
Mode

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle and tailgate handle.
When you press the tailgate release button, if you
chose Driver Door Only, only tailgate is unlatched.
If you chose All Doors, tailgate is unlatched and all
doors are unlocked.

Driver Door Only*1/All
Doors

Interior Light
Dimming
Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight
Auto Off
Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on
after you close the driver’s door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light
Sensitivity *

Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.

Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Instrument Panel

Keyless
Access
Setup *

Description

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models

Continued

121

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

122 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Instrument Panel

Customize
Settings

Customizable Features

Door
Setup

Default
All
*1:Default Setting

122

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

Auto Door
Lock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

Off/With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P

Door Lock
Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or ignition key.

Driver Door*1/All Doors

Auto unlock
All doors

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

Off/When Driver’s Door
Opens*1/When Shift To Park/
When Ignition Off

Keyless Lock
Acknowledgment

Turns on or off the keyless lock acknowledgment of:
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security
Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system * to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.

Cancel
Reset All Defaults

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

123 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Example of customizing wallpapers *

1Customized Features

You can customize the display from clock to wallpaper.

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•

•
Importing wallpapers from USB
You can import up to three images, one at a time for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
Select Import Wallpaper from Customize Settings and properly connect a USB
flash drive to store an image.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter cable.

•

Instrument Panel

•
•

in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
Each image file can be up to 2 MB.
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
The number of files that can be selected is up to
255.
Up to 64 characters can be displayed in the file
name.

2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 207

2. Press the MENU button.
3. Select Customize Settings with the (+ / (- button, then press the SOURCE
button.

* Not available on all models

Continued

123

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

124 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

4. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.

Instrument Panel

5. Select Import Wallpaper with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The file names are displayed on the
screen.

6. Press the (- button until the file name you
want to store appears on the center of the
display, then press the SOURCE button.

124

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

125 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

7. The preview of the imported data is
displayed. Press the SOURCE button if it is
OK.
8. Press the SOURCE button to save the
image file.

9. Select the location you want to store the
image file in with the (+ / (- button,
then press the SOURCE button.
10. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.

Continued

Instrument Panel

6DYH

125

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

126 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGauges and Displaysuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Selecting a wallpaper

Instrument Panel

126

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Customize Settings with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Select Display Setup with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Select Wallpaper with the (+ / (button, then press the SOURCE button.

5. Select the image file you want with the (+ /
(- button, then press the SOURCE button.
u When the scroll is stopped, the
thumbnail is displayed.
6. Press the MENU button to exit the
customizing screen.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

127 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 128
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 130
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*...132
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 133
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ...137
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 138
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 139
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 140
Security System ................................ 147
Immobilizer System .......................... 147
Security System Alarm * .................... 147
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 150

* Not available on all models

Opening and Closing the Moonroof * .. 152
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Models without smart entry system

Ignition Switch................................. 153
Models with smart entry system

ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 154
Ignition Switch and Power Mode
Comparison ................................... 157
Turn Signals ..................................... 158
Light Switches.................................. 159
Fog Lights * ...................................... 162
Daytime Running Lights ................... 163
Wipers and Washers ........................ 164
Brightness Control ........................... 167

Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * ........ 168
Driving Position Memory System * .... 170
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 172
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 173
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 173
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 174
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 175
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items .. 185
Heating and Cooling System * ......... 197
Using Vents, Heating and A/C.......... 197
Climate Control System * .................. 200
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 203

127

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

128 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
Models with two displays

The audio and navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the
clock automatically.
All models

You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch in ON (w *1.
Models with one display

■ Using the MENU button
Controls

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Adjust Clock with the (+ / (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Press the (+ / (- button to change the
setting between 12h and 24h.
4. Select hour or minute with the
/
button.
5. Press the (+ / (- button to adjust the
numbers up or down.
6. Select Set with the
/
button, then
press the SOURCE button to enter your
selection.
u The display will return to the Adjust
Clock display.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

128

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

129 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuClockuAdjusting the Clock

Models with one display

1Using the SETUP button

■ Using the SETUP button

Models with two displays

■ Using the audio with touch screen
(Home) Button

1. Press the
(Home) button, then select
Settings.
2. Select Clock/Info, then Clock
Adjustment.
3. Adjust the hours and minutes by selecting
3/4.
4. Select OK to set the time.

These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.
To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock
display begins to blink, then press the (6 (Reset)
button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets
forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00

Controls

1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Adjust Clock, then press .
3. Rotate
to select the item you want to change (12/24 hour mode, hour,
minute). Then press .
4. Rotate
to make the adjustment.
5. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps
4 to 6 to adjust other items.
6. To enter the selection, Rotate
and select Set, then press .
7. Press the SETUP button to go back to the normal display.

1Using the audio with touch screen
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 271

129

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

130 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following key:

■ Keys
Ignition Keys with Remote
Transmitter *

Controls
Smart Entry Remote *

130

* Not available on all models

Use the key to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock the doors and tailgate. You
can also lock and unlock the doors and
tailgate pressing the buttons on remote
transmitter.

1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 147
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

131 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

■ Smart entry remote *
Built-in Key

■ Valet Key *
Gray

* Not available on all models

1Valet Key *

Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.

Continued

Controls

Release Knob

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the builtin key, push the built-in key into the smart
entry remote until it clicks.

When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.

131

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

132 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength *

■ Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.

Controls

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength *
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the tailgate, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

132

* Not available on all models

1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength *
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

133 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
1Using the Remote Transmitter

■ Using the Remote Transmitter
Ignition Keys with Remote Transmitter

LED

Lock
Button

Unlock
Button

LED
Unlock
Button

Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.

■ Unlocking the doors
Lock
Button

Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.

If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will
automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 114
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 185

Controls

Models with smart entry remote

■ Locking the doors

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 475
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Continued

133

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

134 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System *

Controls

When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the tailgate within
about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the
tailgate release button.
Door Lock
Button

■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front door
or the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System *

• Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.

• Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
•
•
•
•

•

Door Lock
Button

134

* Not available on all models

you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle
after two seconds of unlocking it.
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

135 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate

Controls

Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All the doors and tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate release button:
u The tailgate unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Using the Tailgate Release Button
P. 141
Release Button

Continued

135

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

136 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Fully insert the key and turn it.

Lock

When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Unlock
Controls

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
■ Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the passenger's doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system
Ignition Keys with Remote Transmitter

The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.
Models with smart entry remote

The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the
vehicle.

136

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

137 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
To Lock

Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at
the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.

■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.

■ Unlocking a door
To Unlock

Pull the lock tab rearward.

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Inner
Handle

Controls

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 138

Continued

137

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

138 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock

Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
The front passenger’s door also has the master door
lock switch.

To Unlock
Controls

Master Door
Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.

■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

■ When opening the door
Unlock

Lock

138

Open the door using the outside door handle.

To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

139 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.

■ Auto Door Locking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the i-MID.
2 Customized Features P. 114

■ Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

Controls

■ Driver’s door open mode

139

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

140 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.

■ Opening the tailgate

Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.

• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.

When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.

■ Closing the tailgate
Controls

Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 67

140

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

141 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

■ Using the Tailgate Release Button

1Using the Tailgate Release Button

When all the doors are unlocked or press the
tailgate unlock button on the remote
transmitter, the tailgate is unlocked.

Do not leave the key, remote transmitter *, or smart
entry remote * in the luggage area before closing the
tailgate.
Models with smart entry system

Models without power tailgate

Press the tailgate release button and lift open
the tailgate.

Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else
with the remote is within range.

Models with power tailgate

Press the tailgate release button for more than
one second, and wait until you hear two
beeps before you lift open the tailgate.
u Releasing the release button within one
second with one beep enables the power
tailgate operations.

Models with power tailgate

You can change the power tailgate operation setting
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Controls

Release Button

2 Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate *
P. 143
Models with smart entry system

If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you
do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.

* Not available on all models

Continued

141

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

142 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.

Inner Handle
Controls

■ Using the Remote Transmitter *
Press the tailgate unlock button to unlock the
tailgate.

Tailgate
Unlock
Button

142

* Not available on all models

1Using the Remote Transmitter *
If you have unlocked and opened the tailgate using
the remote transmitter * or smart entry remote *,
when closing, the tailgate locks automatically.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

143 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate *
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button in the driver side control
panel, or pressing the button on the tailgate.

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

3 WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
the path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.

■ The power tailgate can be opened when:
• The tailgate is fully closed.
• The shift lever is in (P .

Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the power tailgate.

■ The power tailgate can be closed when:

NOTICE

Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.

Controls

• The tailgate is fully open.
• The shift lever is in (P .

When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
• You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
• The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
• The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
• The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
If you close the power tailgate with all the doors
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.

* Not available on all models

Continued

143

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

144 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

■ Remote Transmitter

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Controls

Power
Tailgate
Button

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again. The
beeper sounds three times and the tailgate
reverses direction.

■ Customizing when to open the tailgate
ANYTIME: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
WHEN UNLOCKED: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 100, 114

If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than
genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate
may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.

144

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

145 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

■ Power Tailgate Button

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

To open: Press and hold the tailgate button in
the driver side control panel for about one
second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is
in operation, press the button again.

■ Power Tailgate Close Button

Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.

1Power Tailgate Close Button

Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is closing, it stops and reverses
direction.

* Not available on all models

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.

Controls

To close: Press and hold the tailgate button in
the driver side control panel for about one
second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.

If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.

Continued

If you press the tailgate release button inside the
handle while the tailgate is automatically opening or
closing, the power tailgate operation stops. Use
caution if the tailgate stops in the middle of either
operation. It may suddenly swing up or down.

145

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

146 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate *

■ Auto-Closer
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.

1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you push
the tailgate open button while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.

Controls

Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.

■ Power Tailgate Fall Detection
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.

1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.

146

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

147 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.

Security System Alarm *
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.

NOTICE

Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm *

Controls

Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button *:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch*1.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.

1Immobilizer System

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.

However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift
lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued
* Not available on all models

147

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

148 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm *

■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry system. The system,
along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

■ Setting the security system alarm

Controls

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood and tailgate are closed.
• All doors and tailgate are locked with the key or the remote transmitter.

■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security
system indicator goes off at the same time.

148

* Not available on all models

1Security System Alarm *
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the hood with the hood release handle.
• Moving the shift lever out of (P .
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

149 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm *

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote

Controls

Panic
Button

transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.

Panic
Button

■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

149

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

150 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w *1, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open
and close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver's seat.

Controls

When the power window lock button is switched on (pushed in, indicator on), you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.

■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Driver’s
Window
Switch

Indicator
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch

■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

150

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverse direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

151 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close

To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.

Open
Controls

151

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

152 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Opening and Closing the Moonroof *
■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1. Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
Open
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

Controls

Tilt

The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.

■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

152

* Not available on all models

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

3 WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

153 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Models with ignition Keys with remote transmitter

Ignition Switch

1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in (P .
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this

position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.

(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of
the key.

If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY
(q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.

Controls

(w ON: This is the position when driving.

If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q , a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.

153

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

154 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

Models with smart entry remote

ENGINE START/STOP Button

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

■ Changing the Power Mode

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked*1.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.

Indicator

Controls

ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks
(from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.

ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be
used.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
Press the button without
the shift lever in (P .

Press the button.
U.S. models

Shift to (P then press the
button.

*1:Canadian models

154

Shift to (P .

You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the smart entry remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR
START BUTTON message appears on the i-MID.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 492
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

155 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

■ Automatic Power Off

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
Canadian models

Continued

Controls

When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).

Canadian models

If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.

155

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

156 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

■ Power Mode Reminder
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.

■ Smart Entry Remote Reminder
Models without multi-information
display

Controls

Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it within its operational
range.

■ When the power mode is in ON
Models with multi-information display

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the information display/multi-information
display notifies the driver inside that the
remote is out.

■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.

156

1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

157 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison

Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison
Ignition Switch
Position

LOCK (0)
(with/without
the key)

Without Smart Entry
System

●

VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK)

●
●

Engine is turned off.
Some electrical
components such as the
audio system can be
operated.

ACCESSORY

ON (II)

●

START (III)

Normal key position
while driving.
All electrical components
can be used.

ON
Indicator is:

●

Use this position to start
the engine.
The ignition switch
returns to the ON (II)
position when you
release the key.

START
On

Controls

Power Mode

Engine is turned off and
power is shut down.
The steering wheel is
locked.
No electrical
components can be
used.

ACCESSORY (I)

Off

With Smart Entry
Indicator-Off
Indicator-On or blinking
IndicatorIndicator-Off
● The mode automatically
System and ENGINE ● Engine is turned off and ● Engine is turned off.
On (engine is turned off)
● Some electrical
START/STOP
power is shut down.
Off (engine is running)
returns to ON after the
● The steering wheel is
Button
components such as the ● All electrical components
engine starts.
locked*1.
can be used.
audio system can be
● No electrical
operated.
components can be
used.
*1:Canadian models

157

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

158 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
Right Turn

The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w *1.

■ One-touch turn signal

Left Turn

When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.

Controls

This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

158

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

159 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Light Switches
■ Manual Operation
High Beams

Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.

Continued

Models without smart entry system

If you remove the key from the ignition switch with
the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds when
you open the driver's door.
Models with smart entry system

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
All models

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.

Controls

Flashing the high beams
Low Beams

1Light Switches

159

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

160 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Lighting Control *
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.

Controls

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 114

1Automatic Lighting Control *
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

■ Headlight Integration with Wipers*
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain interval with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

160

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

161 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
take the remote with you, and close the driver’s door.
u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min

The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Bright

Dark
Controls

If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 with the headlight switch on, but do
not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).

1Automatic Lighting Control *

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

161

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

162 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights *

Fog Lights *
Can be used when the low beam headlights
are on.
Rotate the switch up from the OFF position to
the
position.

Fog Light Switch
Controls

162

* Not available on all models

1Fog Lights *
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

163 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Daytime Running Lights
Models without smart entry system

The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON (w .
• The headlight switch is off.
• The parking brake is released.

Models with smart entry system

Controls

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch will turn off the daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is set to ON.
• The headlight switch is off.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF turns off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off the headlight switch is turned on, or when the
headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

163

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

164 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers
■ Windshield Wipers/Washers

1Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

■ MIST
Pull to
use
washer.
Controls

Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring *
MIST
OFF
INT *: Low speed with
intermittent
AUTO *: Automatic
intermittent operation
LO: Low speed wipe

The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.

NOTICE

Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.

■ AUTO *

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT *, LO, HI)

2 Automatic Intermittent

Wipers *

P. 165

■ Adjusting the delay *
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.
Long delay

HI: High speed wipe
Short delay

■ Washer

164

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.

Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

Models with intermittent time adjustment ring

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the
ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 *1,
then remove the obstacle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

165 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

■ Automatic Intermittent Wipers *

1Wipers and Washers

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers *
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
Rainfall Sensor
Controls

Adjustment Ring

The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.

■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When in AUTO, you can also adjust the
rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment
ring.
Sensor sensitivity
Do not put the wiper lever in AUTO when cleaning
the windshield or driving through a car wash. If the
wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON,
the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car
wash liquids, and the wipers may operate
automatically.

Low: The wipers start to
react to a larger amount
of rainfall.
High: The wipers start to
react to a smaller amount
of rainfall.

* Not available on all models

Continued

165

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

166 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

■ Rear Wiper/Washer
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
Controls

■ Washer (
INT: Intermittent
ON: Continuous wipe
OFF
Washer

)
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.

■ Operating in reverse
When you shift the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
Front Wiper Position

Rear Wiper Operation

INT (Intermittent)

Intermittent

LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe)

Continuous

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

166

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

167 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w *1, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
Control Knob

Instrument panel brightness differs between when
the exterior lights are on and when they are off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when the
lights are on.
Pressing the
(Select/Reset) knob changes to a
different display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
exterior lights are on.

Controls

Models without multi-information
display

You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display will return to its original
state several seconds after you adjust the
brightness.

1Brightness Control

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display while you are adjusting it.

Models with multi-information display

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

167

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

168 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror *

Defogger/Heated Door Mirror *
■ Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.
Models with heating and cooling system

Controls

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 20 minutes.
However, if the outside temperature is 18°F
(−8°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

Models with climate control system

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

168

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, and may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the
engine. Turn it off when the window has been
defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period even if
the engine is idling.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

169 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror *

Canadian models

1Heated Windshield Button *

■ Heated Windshield Button *
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.

This system consumes a lot of power, and may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the
engine. Turn it off when the window has been
defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period even if
the engine is idling.

The front defogger automatically switches off
after 15 minutes.
Controls

* Not available on all models

169

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

170 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

Driving Position Memory System *
You can store two driver’s seat positions (except for power lumbar) with the driving
position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter or the smart
entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
DRIVER 1

DRIVER 2

Controls

170

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

171 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

■ Storing a Position in Memory
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2

■ Recalling the Stored Position
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2

1. Move the shift lever to (P .
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ).
u You will hear a beep, and the indicator
light will blink.

After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat position before the doublebeep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Controls

SET Button

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear a beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.

1Storing a Position in Memory

1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or
(2 ).
• Adjust the seat position.
• Shift into any position except (P .

The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear a beep, and the
indicator light stays on.

171

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

172 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

Controls

172

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
To adjust
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
To lock
Lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

173 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.

■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions *
Tab

Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.

1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 175

Controls

Daytime
Position
Down
Night Position

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare
from headlights behind you. This feature is
always active.

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in (R .

Sensor

* Not available on all models

173

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

174 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

■ Mirror position adjustment

Adjustment
Switch

Selector
Switch

Controls

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.

■ Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Inner Segment

The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.

Outer Segment

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

174

1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appears smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

175 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Allow sufficient
space.

Move back.

■ Adjusting the driver’s power seat *

1Adjusting the Seats

3 WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Horizontal Position
Adjustment

Controls

Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Height Adjustment

Lumbar Support
Adjustment

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment

* Not available on all models

Continued

175

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

176 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s)

1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.

Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.

Controls
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.

176

Pull up the lever to
change the angle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

177 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Continued

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.

Controls

The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

3 WARNING

Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

177

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

178 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.

Controls

Position head in the center
of the head restraint.

Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.

■ Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.

178

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

179 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Controls

A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3 WARNING

Front and rear center head restraints

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

Continued

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.

179

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

180 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Folding Down the Rear Outer Head Restraint
Strap

Controls

180

A passenger in an outer back seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the strap.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

181 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.

3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
Controls

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

181

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

182 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Rear Seats
■ Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seats can be folded down separately to allow for additional storage space.

■ To fold down the seat
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38
Controls

3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.

Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the rear seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
Make sure the seat-back completely lowers (a click
sounds). Otherwise it will not re-latch when returned
to the upright position.

From the rear door side

4. Pull the release strap.
u The seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seatback then folds flat.
Pull
From the cargo area side

Lever

182

1Folding Down the Rear Seats

4. Pull the release lever.
u The seat cushion flips forward, the head
restraints tilt downward, and the seatback then folds flat.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

183 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

■ To return the seat to the original
position
1. Pull the seat-back up and push back into
place until a click is heard.

Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving.

Controls

2. Push the head restraint up to its original
position.
3. Pull the seat cushion up and push it down
into its original position.

1To return the seat to the original position

■ Rear Seat-back Adjusting
Pull the lever on the right to change the angle
of the right half of the seat-back, and left for
the left half.

183

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

184 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.

Controls

■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

184

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

185 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches

1Interior Light Switches

■ ON

Models with moonroof

Front
Off

Door Activated Position

• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.

Front

Models with smart entry system

Door
Activated
Position

Off

Rear and Cargo Area
On

but do not open a door.
Models with smart entry system

• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.

Models without smart entry system

Models without moonroof

Models without smart entry system

• When you remove the key from the ignition switch

• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Only the cargo area light comes on when the
tailgate is opened.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.

You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Controls

The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver's door.

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out
and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it.

The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver's door.
Models without smart entry system

• When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
Models with smart entry system

• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.

• When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.
If you leave any doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
mode, or without the key in the ignition switch, the
interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.

Off

Door Activated Position

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
Continued

185

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

186 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

■ Map Lights

1Map Lights

The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.

Controls

186

When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, pressing the lens does
not turn off the map light.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

187 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items
■ Glove Box

1Glove Box

Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key or
the built-in key.

3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

Glove Box

Controls

■ Console Compartment
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.

Continued

187

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

188 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders
Front Separator

1Beverage Holders

■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.

NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

Controls

Rear Separator

■ Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.

188

The front and rear separators are not
interchangeable, and are labeled with their
appropriate locations. Always ensure they are
positioned as shown.
Label

Label

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

189 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w *1.
■ Accessory power socket on the console
panel
Open the cover to use it.

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
Controls

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued

189

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

190 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Models with smart entry system

■ Accessory power socket in the console
compartment
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

Controls

190

Models without smart entry system

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

191 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Coat Hook

1Coat Hook

There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.

Controls

■ Cargo Side Net
Use the cargo side net to secure items to the
side.

Continued

191

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

192 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Tie-down Anchors
Hooks

1Tie-down Anchors

The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.

Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.

Hooks

Controls

■ Cargo Hooks

1Cargo Hooks

The cargo hooks on both sides of the cargo
area can be used to hang a light items.

Hook

192

NOTICE

Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs
more than 6 lbs (3 kg) on the side cargo hooks.
Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the
hooks.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

193 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
Press

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.

You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
Controls

■ Conversation mirror
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent.
You can use the mirror to view the rear seats.

Continued

193

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

194 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Seat Heaters *

1Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.

Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

Controls

Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
The indicator for your setting comes on while
the seat heater is in use. Press the button on
the opposite side to turn the heater off. The
indicator goes off.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
select LO to keep the seat warm.

194

3 WARNING

* Not available on all models

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

195 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Tonneau Cover *

1Tonneau Cover *

The tonneau cover can be used to conceal
items in the cargo area and protect them from
direct sunlight.

■ To extend:
Handle

■ To retract:

Do not stack objects higher than the top of the seat
in the cargo area. They could block your view and be
thrown about the vehicle during a sudden stop.
To prevent tonneau cover damage:
• Do not place items on the tonneau cover.
• Do not put weight on the tonneau cover.

Controls

Mounting Rod

Pull the handle on the center edge, then clip
the mounting rods in the hooks on both sides
of the tailgate opening.

Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.

Slip the rods out of the hooks, then slowly roll
it back until it is completely retracted.

Hook

■ To remove:
Push either end of the housing inward, then
lift it out of its position.

* Not available on all models

Continued

195

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

196 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ To store:
The housing unit can be stored on the cargo
area floor to make more space available.
Push one end of the unit into the hole on one
side panel, then insert the other end into the
hole on the other side.

Controls

196

After storing the unit, rock it up and down to
make sure it is securely placed.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

197 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Heating and Cooling System *
Using Vents, Heating and A/C

Mode Buttons

Windshield Defroster Button

Change airflow.

Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from
the defroster vents at the base of the
windshield, and switches the mode to
fresh air.

Controls

Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents and
back of the center console
Dashboard vents and back
of the center console

Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan speed.
Rotate the dial all the
way to OFF to turn
everything off.

Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow
from the dashboard vents, and
switches the mode to recirculation.

A/C Button
Press to cool the interior or
dehumidify while heating.

Temperature
Control Dial
Adjusts the interior
temperature.

(Recirculation) Button
Press the
button and switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on):
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off):
Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.

* Not available on all models

Continued

197

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

198 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuHeating and Cooling System * uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

■ Heating

1Heating

Controls

The heater uses heat from the engine coolant
to warm the air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select
.
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the
button (indicator off).

■ To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select
.
3. Set the temperature to maximum high.
4. Press the
button (indicator on).

■ To dehumidify the interior
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning system.
3. Select
.
4. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.

198

When you select
, the mode automatically
switches to fresh air.

1To rapidly warm up the interior
Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

199 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuHeating and Cooling System * uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

■ Cooling

1To rapidly cool down the interior

1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select
.
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.
While in the ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Pressing the
button bypasses the ECON mode
control, and cools down the interior more rapidly.
Controls

■ To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum low.
3. Press the
button (indicator on).

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Press the
button.
3. Press the
button.
4. Set the temperature to maximum high.

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.

199

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

200 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Climate Control System *
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Dashboard vents Dashboard and
and back of the floor vents and
center console
back of the
center console

Floor vents

Floor and
defroster vents

Controls

AUTO Button
Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial

Driver's Side
Temperature
Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button
/

(Fan Control) Buttons

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver's side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the
button to cancel.

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the
button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.

200

* Not available on all models

1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any button is pressed while in AUTO, the function
of that button takes priority.
The AUTO indicator goes off, but functions of other
buttons pressed are still in auto mode.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on AUTO, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the
button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While in ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

201 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuClimate Control System * uUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Pressing the
button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the
2. Press the

1To rapidly defrost the windows

button.
button.

Controls

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.

201

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

202 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuClimate Control System * uSynchronized Mode

Synchronized Mode
1Synchronized Mode
When you press the
button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.
Models with navigation system

Controls

In AUTO mode, the system adjusts each temperature
based on the information of the sunlight sensor and
the sun position updated by the navigation system’s
GPS.

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.

202

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

203 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuClimate Control System * uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

Sensor

Controls

Sensor

203

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

204

204 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

205 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 206
USB Port(s) * ..................................... 208
Auxiliary Input Jack * ........................ 207
HDMI® Port * .................................... 209
Audio Antenna ................................ 209
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 210
Audio Remote Controls.................... 211
Models with one display

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 213
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 214
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 215
Playing a CD .................................... 218
Playing an iPod ................................ 221
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 224

* Not available on all models

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 226
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 229
Models with two display

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 231
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 237
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 239
Playing SiriusXM® Radio * ................. 242
Playing a CD .................................... 245
Playing an iPod ................................ 248
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 251
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 253
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 256
Playing a Video Using the HDMI® ..... 258
Smartphone Apps ............................ 260
Siri Eyes Free .................................... 261

Audio Error Messages ...................... 262
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 267
Customized Features
Defaulting All the Settings ............... 281
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *.. 282
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Models with one display

Using HFL ........................................ 284
HFL Menus ...................................... 286
Models with two displays

Using HFL ........................................ 313
HFL Menus ...................................... 315
Compass ............................................ 342

205

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

206 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
Models with navigation system

1About Your Audio System

See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features.
Models without navigation system

The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio * service. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone, and
Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the remote controls on the steering wheel.

SiriusXM® Radio * is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® * is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.

Features

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
Remote Control
Models with one display

iPod

Models with two displays

iPod

USB Flash
Drive
USB Flash Drive

206

SiriusXM® Radio * is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio *,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 267

* Not available on all models

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

207 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack *

Auxiliary Input Jack *
Use the jack to connect a standard audio device.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.

To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.

1USB Adapter Cable *

1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.

• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•
•

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

Features

USB Adapter Cable *

1Auxiliary Input Jack *

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

* Not available on all models

207

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

208 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s) *

USB Port(s) *
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.

1USB Port(s) *

• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•
•

Features

208

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

209 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuHDMI® Port *

HDMI® Port *
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port.

1HDMI® Port *

• Do not leave the HDMI® connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

HDMI Port

Audio Antenna

1Audio Antenna

Your vehicle is equipped with a removable
antenna at the rear of the roof.

* Not available on all models

Features

The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.

NOTICE

Before using a “drive-through” car wash, remove the
antenna by unscrewing it by hand. This prevents the
antenna from being damaged by the car wash
brushes.

209

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

210 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display ENTER CODE*1/Enter Code*2.

■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *3.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
Features

*1: Models with one display
*2: Models with two displays
*3: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

210

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

211 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
Models with one display

Button
Button

(+ Button

FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX

(- Button

FM AM SiriusXM® * CD USB iPod
Pandora® * AhaTM Apps Bluetooth®
Audio AUX HDMI®

1Audio Remote Controls
Some sources will only appear when available, such
as when a CD is inserted or when a compatible device
is connected.

Models with two displays

MENU Button

Features

(+ (- (Volume) Buttons
Press (+ : To increase the volume.
Press (- : To decrease the volume.

Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora® *
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
* Not available on all models

Continued

211

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

212 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Models with two displays

Features

212

Steering Wheel MENU Button
• When listening to the radio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the radio station by Scan, Save
Preset, or Seek.
• When listening to the SiriusXM® radio *
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Scan, Save Preset, Channel, or
Category.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Scan, Repeat, or
Random.
• When listening to an iPod
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Repeat or Shuffle.
• When listening to Internet radio *
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Bookmark, or Play/Pause.
• When listening to a Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Pause or Play for the song.

* Not available on all models

1Audio Remote Controls
The MENU button is available only when the audio
mode is FM, AM, CD, USB, iPod, Pandora® *, AhaTM,
or Bluetooth® Audio.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

213 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Audio System Basic Operation
Models with one display

1Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w .
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
SETUP
access some audio functions.
Button
Press
to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Button
Selector
Knob
Menu Display

Rotate
Press

to select.
to enter.

or
button on the
Press the SOURCE, (+ , (- ,
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 211
Setup menu items
2 Auto Select P. 216
2 RDS information P. 217
2 Sound Settings P. 214
2 Play Mode P. 220
2 Resume/Pause P. 230
2 Adjust Clock P. 128

Features

Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press
to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the Auto Select, RDS Information,
Sound Settings, Play Mode, Resume/
Pause, or Adjust Clock.
button: Press to go back to the
previous display.

These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.

213

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

214 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound
SETUP
Button

Press the SETUP button, and rotate
to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:

Selector
Knob

Features
Treble is selectable.

214

BAS

Bass

TRE

Treble

FAD

Fader

BAL

Balance

SVC

Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation

1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

215 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

/
Buttons
Press to display and select an
RDS category.
AM Button
FM Button
Press to select a band.

Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.

Features

SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the
strongest stations on the
selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the
button again.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to tune the radio
frequency.
Seek/Skip Buttons
Press to search up and down
the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

Continued

215

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

216 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Auto Select

1Playing AM/FM Radio

Use the auto select feature to scan both bands and store the strongest station in
each preset.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Auto Select, then
press .
To turn off auto select, press
again. This
restores the presets you originally set.

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
To switch the audio mode, press the SOURCE button
on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.

Features

Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM
stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into
the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.

216

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

217 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio Data System (RDS)
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ RDS information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate
to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.

RDS Category

Features

■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the
/
button to display and
select an RDS category.
2. Use Seek/Skip or SCAN to select an RDS
station.

217

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

218 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.

Features

SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each song.
● Press to sample all tracks
on the CD (all files in the
current folder in MP3 or
WMA).
● Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders (MP3 or WMA).
● To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.

CD Button
Press to play a CD.

Buttons
Press
to skip to the
next folder, and
to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder in MP3 or WMA.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change
tracks (files in MP3 or WMA).

218

(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

219 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA)

1Playing a CD
NOTICE

1. Press
list.

to switch the display to a folder

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unsupported, then skips
to the next file.

Folder Selection

2. Rotate

to select a folder.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.

Features

Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.

Track Selection

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate
to select a file, then press .

Continued

219

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

220 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in
the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.

Features

Play Mode
Items

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

220

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

221 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press
the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 207

Album Art

Features

/
Buttons
Press
to go back to the
previous display.
Press
to set your selection.

USB Indicator
Comes on when an iPod is
connected.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

AUX Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change songs.

* Not available on all models

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Continued

221

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

222 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a File from the iPod Menu
1. Press

to display the iPod menu.

1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263

Features

iPod Menu

2. Rotate

3. Press
4. Rotate

222

to select a menu.

to display the items on that menu.
to select an item, then press .

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

223 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic Operationu

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available tracks in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a track.
1. Press the SETUP button.

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

Features

Play Mode
Items

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

Continued

223

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

224 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

U.S. models
iPhone use only

Playing Internet Radio
Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone using your dock connector to the USB
adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 207

Rating Icon
Album Art
Features
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

/
Buttons
Press
to the next
station.
Press
to the previous
station.

Selector Knob
Press to enter PANDORA MENU.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select iPhone (if connected
when the Pandora® application is
activated).
Skip Button
Press
to skip a song.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

224

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

225 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

■ Pandora® Menu

1Playing Internet Radio

You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
• Station List (QuickMix is also available)
• Like
• Dislike
• Resume/Pause
• SKIP
• Bookmark this song
• Bookmark this artist

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.

1. Press
2. Rotate
3. Press

to display the PANDORA MENU.
to select a menu.
to display the items on that menu.

1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.

Features

■ Operating a menu item

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 Pandora® P. 264
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.

225

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

226 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable * P. 207

USB Indicator
Comes on when a USB flash drive
is connected.

Features

/
Buttons
Press
to skip to the
next folder, and
to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each file.
● Press to sample all files in
the current folder.
● Press twice to sample the
first file in each of the main
folders.
● To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to change files.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

226

* Not available on all models

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).

SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

227 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1. Press
list.

to switch the display to a folder

1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 267
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the i-MID.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263

2. Rotate

Track Selection

Features

Folder Selection

to select a folder.

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate
to select a file, then press .

Continued

227

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

228 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play mode menu items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.

You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.

Features

Play Mode
Items

2. Rotate
.
3. Rotate

to select Play Mode, then press
to select a mode, then press

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate
to select Normal Play, then press .

228

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

229 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 291

Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices
that use data while driving.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Preset 1 Button
Press to switch the
mode between
pause and resume.

Seek/Skip Buttons
Press
or
to
change files.

Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Press to display the
device’s name.

Features

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.
SETUP Button
Press to display
menu items.

Continued

229

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

230 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.

Features

230

■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate
to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between pause and resume.

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

231 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Audio System Basic Operation
Models with two displays

1Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home
(Menu) Button
screen.
(Home) Button

Button

(Menu) Button: Press to select any mode.
The available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,
Music Search, and play modes. Play modes
can be also selected from Scan, Random/
Repeat, and so on.
(Back) Button: Press to go back to the
previous display when it is displayed.
button: Press to change the audio/
information screen brightness.
Press
once and select (- or (+ to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press
, the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.

Continued

Features

(Back) Button

2 Switching the Display P. 233

Audio Menu Items
2 Station List P. 240
2 Music Search P. 246, 249, 254
2 Random/Repeat P. 247, 255
2 Scan P. 241, 247, 255

231

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

232 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic Operationu

■ How to access the disc slot

1How to access the disc slot

Press the (Eject/CLOSE) button to open the
screen.
u The screen folds back, and the CD slot
appears.
Press the
(Eject/CLOSE) button to return
the screen to the upright position.
(Eject/CLOSE) Button
CD Slot
Features
(Eject/CLOSE) Button

232

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Do not use the folded down screen as a tray.
You cannot open the screen when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

233 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.

■ Switching the Display
(Home) Button

Home screen

Features

Press the
button to go to the home screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, or Connect.

■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 284

Continued

233

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

234 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Voice Info, or System/Device
Information.

■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.

■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 271

■ Connect Apps
Features

Connects with your smartphone*1 to play personalized music, information, and
social media streams.
2 Smartphone Apps P. 260

■ Changing the Home screen icon Layout
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Home tab.
5. Select Home Screen Edit Order.
6. Select and hold the icon then, drag it to the
desired position.

*1: Available on specific phones only. Check handsfreelink.honda.com for
compatible phones and hondalink.com for feature details.

234

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

235 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•
•
•
•

2 USB Port(s) * P. 208

* Not available on all models

Continued

•

Features

2. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
3. Select Clock/Info.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the
Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.

in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 256 characters.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
The maximum image size is 4,096 x 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 x 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.

235

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

236 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.

■ Delete wallpaper
Features

1. Select Settings to go to the settings screen.
2. Select Clock/Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or press
the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.

236

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

237 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Sound.

Select the tabs to adjust the following choices:
BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE,
Subwoofer, SVC (Speed-sensitive Volume
Compensation)

Features

237

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

238 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

■ Changing the Screen Brightness
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Display Settings.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.
Features

■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select System.
4. Select the Display tab.
5. Select Background Color.
6. Select the setting you want.
7. Select OK.

238

1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black level
settings in the same manner.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

239 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

i-MID

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.

(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Scan
Select to scan each station with
a strong signal.
Tune Icons
Select
or
to tune the radio
frequency.

Features

VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.

Audio/Information Screen
Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Seek Icons
Select
or
to search up
and down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset
memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station.
Select
to display preset 7
onwards.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

239

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

240 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the
button.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number for the station you want to store.

Features

You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Select open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select Preset tab.
3. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.

■ Radio Data System (RDS)
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press the
button while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select the station.

■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press the
button while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select Refresh.

240

1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.

1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

241 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select View Radio Text.

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.

Features

241

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

242 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

i-MID

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Features

VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.

(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Scan
Select to scan each station with
a strong signal.
Category Icons
Select
or
to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

242

* Not available on all models

Audio/Information Screen
Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Channel Icons
Select
or
to go to the
previous or next channel.
Select and hold a channel icon
can move channels the rapidly.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset
memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to
store that station.
Select
to display preset 7
onwards.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

243 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *
In channel mode, all available channels are selectable.
In category mode, you can select a channel within a
category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 211
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 233

From the Status Mode screen:
2. Select a channel using the

There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.

icon.

To select a preset station:
2. Select open/close icon to display a preset channel list.
3. Select a channel from the list.

* Not available on all models

Features

To switch between channel and category modes:
1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2. Press the
button.
3. Select XM Tune Mode.
4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

Continued

243

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

244 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the
button.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number for the station you want to store.

Features

You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select open/close icon. The preset channel list appears.
3. Select Preset tab.
4. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.

■ To Select a Channel from a List
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Channel List.
3. Select the station.

■ Scan
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Scan.
u In channel mode, all channels are sampled for a few seconds each.
u In category mode, channels within a category are sampled for a few seconds
each.
3. Select Cancel to stop scanning channels and to continue listening to the sampling
channel.

244

* Not available on all models

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *
Switching audio mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 211
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

245 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA,
or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

i-MID

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Features

VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.

Audio/Information Screen
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶍᶊᶂᶃᶐᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ

(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.

ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ

Open/Close Icon*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.

(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
(Eject/CLOSE) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Folder Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the
beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Track Icons
Select
or
to change
tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

245

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

246 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/
AAC)

1Playing a CD
NOTICE

1. Press the
Search.

button and select Music

Features

Folder Selection

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.

Track Selection

246

2. Select a folder.

Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.

3. Select a track.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

247 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Random/Repeat is selected.

1. Press the
button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files
in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

247

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

248 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port(s) * P. 208

USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
i-MID

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.

Audio/Information Screen

(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.

(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Cover Art

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

248

USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.

* Not available on all models

Song Icons
Select
or
to change
songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

249 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1. Press the
button and select Music
Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.

Functions may vary by model or version. Some audio
system functions may not be available.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the display audio
system, you may no longer be able to operate the
same app on the display audio. Reconnect the device
if necessary.

Folder Selection

Features

iPod will only play through the USB cable, you cannot
play the iPod through the HondaLink Cable.

Song Selection

Continued

249

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

250 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Features

250

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the
button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current file.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

251 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

U.S. models
Compatible phones only

1Playing Internet Radio

Playing Internet Radio

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.

Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
2 Phone Setup P. 320
iPhone only

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port. Select
Source to select Pandora mode.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876

i-MID
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Cover Art

VOL (Volume)
Buttons
Press to adjust
the volume.

Audio/Information
Screen

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.

(Menu) Button
Press to display the
menu items.

Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a
song.

(Back) Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.

Pandora on the iPhone will only play through the USB
cable or Bluetooth® Audio, you cannot play Pandora®
through the HondaLink Cable.

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.

Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.

Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or
play a song.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

251

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

252 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

■ Pandora® Menu

1Playing Internet Radio

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• New Station
• Change Source
• Sound

■ Operating a menu item
Features

1. Press the
button.
2. Select an item.

Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, songs, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Changing Stations
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 264
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.

252

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

253 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) * P. 208

USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
i-MID
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.

VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.

Audio/Information Screen

(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.

Open/Close Icon*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.

(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Folder Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder, and
to the beginning of the previous folder.

to skip

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.

Track Icons
Select
or
to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
* Not available on all models

Continued

253

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

254 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from the Music Research List
1. Press the
Search.

button and select Music

2. Select a folder.

Track Selection

3. Select a track.

Features

Folder Selection

254

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 263

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

255 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Random/Repeat is selected.

1. Press the
button.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

255

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

256 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

i-MID

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.

Audio/Information
Screen
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.

VOL (Volume)
Buttons
Press to adjust
the volume.

ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ

ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ

(Menu) Button
Press to display the
menu items.

▲

ᵮᶆᶍᶌᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ

▲

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices
that use data while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically linked.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
A NO CONNECT message may be displayed if:

(Back) Button
Press to go back to
the previous
display.

Track Icons
Select
or
to change tracks.

Play Icon
Pause Icon

Group Icons
Select
or
to
change group.

*1:Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not
be displayed.

256

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

• The phone is not linked to HFL.
• The phone is not turned on.
• The phone is not in the vehicle.
• An incompatible phone is connected.
The following functions may not be available on
some devices:
• Pause function
• Group selection

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

257 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the Bluetooth® Audio mode.

▲

If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.

Select the play icon or pause icon.

■ Searching for Music

1Searching for Music

1. Press the
button.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.

Features

■ To pause or resume a file

Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

257

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

258 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®

Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
Your audio system allows you to play videos from an HDMI®-compatible device.
Connect the device, using an HDMI® cable, then select the HDMI® mode.
2 HDMI® Port * P. 209

i-MID

Features
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Buttons
Press to adjust the volume.
(Menu) Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.

258

* Not available on all models

Audio/Information Screen

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

259 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®

■ Changing the Screen Aspect
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Aspect Ratio Adjustment.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select OK.

1Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
This feature is limited while driving. To play videos,
stop your vehicle and apply the parking brake.

Features

259

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

260 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Apps

Smartphone Apps
You can connect a compatible smartphone to the system to enable integration
between the smartphone’s approved apps and the vehicle. This allows you to
control the phone through the vehicle display. To check smart phone compatibility,
download the HondaLink app, and view connection instructions, visit
handsfreelink.honda.com. For the latest apps and feature details, check
hondalink.com.
i-MID

Features

(Home) Button
Select to go back to
home screen or to
a previous display.

Arrow
Appears when the
phone is connected
to the system.
Select to display
available apps.
Audio/Information
Screen

(Back) Button
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Not available on all phones.)
(Menu) Button
Select to display the menu on the app you
selected. (Not available on all apps.)

260

Microphones

1Smartphone Apps
Park in a safe place before connecting your phone
and while operating the displayed apps.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the
system. The system does not display all the available
apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be
preinstalled. Ask a dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your
smartphone if another electronic device is connected.
2 Changing the currently paired phone
P. 321
The following may vary by phone type:
• Connection methods.
• How to connect a smartphone to the system.
• Apps that can be operated on the screen.
• Display response time/update time.
We do not support every app operation on the
display audio.
Ask the app provider for any questions on the app’s
features.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

261 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free

Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is
paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.

1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

2 Phone Setup P. 320
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the
Talk button.

■ Using Eyes Free

1Using Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
Features

Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Eyes Free
While in Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.

261

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

262 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message
Heat Error

Cause
High temperature

Unplayable File*1
Track/file format not supported
UNPLAYABLE/Unsupported*2
Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual
Push Eject
Features

●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.

●

Press the
(eject)*1/ (eject/CLOSE)*2 button and remove the
disc, and check that the error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.

●

2 Protecting CDs P. 269

Mecha Error

●

Bad Disc
Please Check Owners
Manual

Servo error

Check Disc

Disc error

*1:Models with two displays
*2:Models with one display

262

Mechanical error

Solution

●

If the error message reappears, press the
(eject)*1/ (eject/
CLOSE)*2 button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 269

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

263 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
USB Error

Solution
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with
the USB adapter unit.

The connected USB device has a
problem.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio
See Owner’s Manual*1
system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners Manual.*2
Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported Version*1
Unsupported Ver*2

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is
connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry*1
Retry Connection*2

Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Unplayable File

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error
message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

Features

No Song*2

iPod*1

Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
No Data

USB flash drive

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB
flash drive. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.

*1:Models with two displays
*2:Models with one display

263

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

264 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio Error Messagesu

U.S. models

Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Models with one display

Error Message
PANDORA No Station

Solution
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station.

PANDORA Unsupported Ver. Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application.
Features

264

PANDORA No Service

Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later.

PANDORA Check Device

Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device.

Pandora Loading

Appears when Pandora is loading.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

265 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Models with two displays

Error Message
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously created
stations.

Solution
●

Appears when the number of stations that can be created is
exceeded. Follow the message.

●

Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again
later.

●

Appears when the station you selected is not available. Change a
station, or try again later.

●

Appears when you have not logged into Pandora®. Follow the
message.

●

Appears when failed to connect. Check your device and try again.

Unable to create new station. Please try again.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Unable to save bookmark.

Unable to play Pandora. When stopped, log-in to Pandora.

Features

This Pandora station is currently not available. Please select
another station.

Unable to connect to Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Connect Retry

Continued

265

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

266 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Error Message

Solution

Unsupported

●

Appears when the device is not supported. Use another device.

Unsupported Version

●

Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.

●

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check the
Bluetooth status on your device.

●

Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

●

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.

No station list on device.
Use device to create station.

●

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Create one on
your device.

No Stations stored in Pandora App

●

Appears when there is no station on app. Store some.

The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped per hour
has been reached.

●

Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.

Pandora App version is not supported
Unable to connect to the phone.
Please make sure the phone’s Bluetooth setting is ON and try
again.
No Data
Features

266

The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

267 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service *
■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the display: Select Channel List.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.

■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Channel off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unauthorized:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Channel unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
* Not available on all models

Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800852-9696
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or
1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

Features

Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel,
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.

1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

267

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

268 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

■ CDs with MP3, WMA, or AAC * files
Features

268

• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC * formats may be unsupported.

* Not available on all models

1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

269 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs
NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs

Bubbled/
Wrinkled

●

Using
Printer Label
Kit

Sealed
With Plastic Ring
● Poor quality
Damaged CDs
CDs

Chipped/
Cracked
Small CDs

Warped

Features

●

With Label/
Sticker

Burrs

3-inch
(8-cm)
CD

269

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

270 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod, iPhone and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Features

Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80/160 GB (launched in 2007)
iPod classic 120 GB (launched in 2008)
iPod classic 160 GB (launched in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010
iPod nano (7th generation) launch in 2012*1
iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010
iPod touch (5th generation) launch in 2012*1
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone5*1

This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.

*1:Models with display audio system

■ USB Flash Drives
•
•
•
•
•

270

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

271 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Customized Features
Models with two displays

1Customized Features

■ How to customize

Models with navigation system

While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Settings,
then select a setting item.

Audio/Information Screen

See the Navigation System Manual for information of
the customized features.
When you customize settings:
• Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
• Shift to (P .
1How to customize
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 275
Features

Continued

271

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

272 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Models with two displays

■ Customization Flow
Press the

button.

Home

Home Screen Edit Order

Display

Display Settings

Select Settings.

Brightness
Contrast
Black Level

Background Color

Features

System

Sound/Beep

Volume
Beep Volume

Voice Recog.

Voice Prompt
Volume
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync

Clock

Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset

Others

Compass Setting
Default

272

Language
Keyboard Layout
Voice Command Tips
Remember Last Screen
Factory Data Reset

Clock
Wallpaper

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

273 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Audio

Sound
Audio Source Pop-Up
RDS INFO*1
[Your selected media] Cover Art*1
Display Adjustment*1

Display

Brightness
Contrast
Black Level

Color

Color
Tint
Features

Aspect Ratio Adjustment*1
Bluetooth Device List*1
Change Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Default
Clock/Info

Clock

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock
Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info

Info Screen Preference

Default

*1:May change depending on your currently selected source.
Continued

273

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

274 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Phone

Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist

Text/Email

Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification

Features

Default
Camera

Rear Camera

Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default

LaneWatch *

Show with Turn Signal
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
Default

Bluetooth

Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default

274

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

275 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Models with two displays

■ List of customizable options
Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Description

Selectable Settings

Changes the home screen icon layout.
Home

Home Screen Edit Order

—

2 Changing the Home screen icon Layout
P. 234

Display

System
Sound/
Beep

Voice
Recog.

—
—
—
Blue*1/Amber/Red/Violet

Features

Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
Display
Changes the contrast of the audio/
Contrast
Settings
information screen.
Changes the black level of the audio/
Black Level
information screen.
Changes the background color of the audio/
Background Color
information screen.
Volume
Changes the sound volume.
Beep Volume
Changes the beep volume.
Voice Prompt
Turns the voice prompt on and off.
Volume
Changes the volume of the voice prompt.
Phonebook Phonetic
Modifies a voice command for the
Modification
phonebook.
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
Automatic Phone Sync
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default
Voice Recog. group as default.
Brightness

0-6*1-11
Off/1/2*1/3
On*1/Off
0-6*1-11
—
On/Off
Default/OK

*1:Default Setting

Continued

275

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

276 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type

Description
Changes the clock display type.
●

Wallpaper

●
●

Changes the wallpaper type.
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Selectable Settings
Analog/Digital*1/Small
Digital/Off
Blank/Galaxy*1/Metallic

2 Wallpaper Setup P. 235

Clock

Clock Adjustment

Clock Display
Clock Location

Changes the clock display layout.

Features

Clock Reset
Language
Keyboard Layout
Voice Command Tips
Others
Remember Last Screen
Factory Data Reset
*1:Default Setting

276

—

2 Clock P. 128

Selects the digital clock display from 12H to
24H.
Selects whether the clock display comes on.

Clock Format

System

Adjusts Clock.

Cancels/Resets all customized items for clock
display as default.
Changes the display language.
Selects the on-screen keyboard type.
Alerts you when manual control of the system
is disabled to prevent distraction while driving.
Only voice commands are available.
Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 281

12H*1/24H
On/Off*1
Upper Right*1/Upper Left/
Lower Right/Lower Left/Off
Yes/No
English*1/Français/Español
Alphabet/QWERTY*1
On*1/Off
On/Off*1
Yes/No

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

277 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group
System

Customizable Features
Compass
Setting

Description
Calibrates the compass setting.

—

2 Compass P. 342

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System group as default.

Default

Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s
sound

Sound

2 Adjusting the Sound P. 237

FM mode

RDS INFO

Yes/No
-6 ~ 0*1 ~ +6 (BASS, TREBLE
and Subwoofer),
RR9~0*1~FR9 (FADER),
L9~0*1~R9 (BALANCE), Off/
Low/Mid*1/High (SVC)

Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on or not when Audio is
selected on the home screen.

On/Off*1

Turns on and off the RDS information.

On/Off*1

Turns on and off the cover art display.

On*1/Off

Features

Audio Source Pop-Up

Audio

Selectable Settings

iPod, Pandora, USB or CD mode

[Your selected media]
Cover Art
Display
HDMI® mode

Display
Adjustment

Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Color

Color
Tint

2 System P. 275

Changes the color of the audio/information
screen.
Changes the tint of the audio/information
screen.

—
—

*1:Default Setting

Continued

277

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

278 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
HDMI® mode

Aspect Ratio Adjustment
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode

Audio

Bluetooth Device List
iPod, Pandora or Bluetooth® Audio mode

Change Bluetooth Audio Device
Default
Features

Clock
Clock/Info

Info
Default
*1:Default Setting

278

Clock/
Clock
Wallpaper
Wallpaper
type
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference

Description

Selectable Settings

Changes the aspect ratio and zoom settings of
Normal/Full*1/Zoom
the audio/information screen.
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
—
paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 320

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Audio group as default.

—
Yes/No

2 System P. 275

Changes the Info Screen type.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Info group as default.

Info Top/Info Menu/Off*1
Yes/No

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

279 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Connect Phone

Description

Selectable Settings

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or
disconnects a paired phone.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 320

Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone

HondaLink Assist
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message
Notification
Default

Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

—

2 Speed Dial P. 328

Selects the ring tone.
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turns HondaLink Assist on and off.
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
Selects a mail or text message account.
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone and Text/Email group as default.

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1
On/Off

Features

Automatic Phone Sync

Text/Email

—

2 Phone Setup P. 320

Phone

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone.

On/Off*1
On*1/Off
—
On/Off*1
Yes/No

*1:Default Setting

Continued

279

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

280 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Description

Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
Rear
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come
Dynamic Guideline
Camera
on the rear camera monitor.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default
Rear Camera group as default.
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes
Show with Turn Signal on when you move the turn signal lever to the
passenger side.
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
Display Time after Turn
display stays on after you pull the turn signal
*
LaneWatch Signal Off
lever back.
Selects whether the reference lines come on
Reference Lines
the LaneWatch monitor.
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Default
LaneWatch group as default.
Bluetooth On/Off Status
Changes the Bluetooth® status.
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
Bluetooth Device List
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
Fixed Guideline

Camera

On*1/Off
On*1/Off
Yes/No
On*1/Off

Features

0 second*1/2 seconds
On*1/Off
Yes/No
On*1/Off
—

2 Phone Setup P. 320

Bluetooth
Edit Pairing Code
Default
*1:Default Setting

280

Selectable Settings

* Not available on all models

Edits Pairing Code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 322

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth group as default.

Random/Fixed*1
Yes/No

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

281 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Defaulting All the Settings
Models with two displays

Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
u Repeat the procedure to select Others
tab, then Factory Data Reset.
u The confirmation message will appear.
4. Select Yes to reset the settings.
5. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Select OK.

1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and personal settings.

Features

281

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

282 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.

■ Important Safety Precautions
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
Features

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.

Training HomeLink
Red Indicator

282

* Not available on all models

If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver *
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

283 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver * uTraining HomeLink

■ Training a Button

1Training a Button

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
blink after 10 secs?

YES

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

a. Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

NO
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Training
Complete

HomeLink LED
is on.

5. Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).

Standard transmitter

Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for
2 secs, then remains on for
about 23 secs.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”

Features

3. Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?

Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:

Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515.

b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

283

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

284 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Models with navigation system

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Models without navigation system

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Models with one display

Using HFL

Voice control tips

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

■ HFL Buttons
Features

Selector Knob

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the
button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.

PHONE
Button

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.

Volume up

Microphone

Volume down

Pick-up
Button

Hang-up/Back Button
Talk Button

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate
to select an item on the screen, then press .

284

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

285 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

■ HFL Status Display
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone
is connected to HFL.

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

The i-MID notifies you when there is an
incoming call.

Roam Status
Signal Strength
Battery Level Status
HFL Mode

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.

The information that appears on the i-MID varies
between phone models.
Call Name

■ Limitations for Manual Operation

Features

1HFL Status Display

You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 114

Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You
cannot select a grayed-out option until the
vehicle is stopped.

Disabled Option

Only previously stored speed dial entries can
be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 301

285

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

286 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Models with one display

HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.

PHONE or
Phone
Speed Dial*1

Call History*1

Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)

Features

Dialed Calls

Display the last 20
outgoing calls.

Received Calls

Display the last 20
incoming calls.

Missed Calls

Display the last 20
missed calls.

Phonebook*1 Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Dial*1

Enter a phone number to dial.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

286

1HFL Menus

Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

287 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Redial*1

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Select a message and
Text Message

The message is
read aloud

.
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.

Reply to a received message using one
of six fixed phrases.

Call

Make a call to the sender.

Display Message

See an entire received message (if more
than three lines of text).

Features

Read/Stop reading

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

287

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

288 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Phone Setup

Features

288

Connection

Add a New Phone

Pair a phone to the system

Connect a Phone

Connect a phone to the system.

Disconnect Phone

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Delete a Phone

Delete a previously paired phone.

Pairing Code

Create a code for a paired phone.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

289 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Speed Dial*1

Add New
Phonebook

Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Call History

Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.

Phone Number

Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.

Delete Speed Dial

Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.

Store Voice Tag

Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Change Voice Tag

Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Delete Voice Tag

Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.

Features

Existing entry list
Change Speed Dial

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

289

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

290 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Auto Transfer

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.

Caller ID Info

Features

Passcode*1

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

290

Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.

Number Priority

Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Text Message Notice

System Clear

Name Priority

Turn incoming text message notifications on or off.

Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

291 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.

Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

Features

4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.

5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Continued

291

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

292 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

Features

already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
3. Rotate
to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to Select Location.

5. Rotate

292

to select Empty, then press

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

293 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.

Features

7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.

8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Continued

293

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

294 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .

1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is “0000” until you change
the setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

Features

3. Rotate
to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select Pairing Code, then
press .

5. Rotate
to select Fixed or Random, then
press .

294

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

295 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.

Features

3. Rotate
to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.
u A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.

Continued

295

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

296 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .

Features

3. Rotate
to select Message Notice, then
press .

4. Rotate
to select a mode you want, then
press .

296

1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
ON: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
OFF: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

297 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
u Rotate
to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .

Features

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
u Rotate
to select Yes, then press .

In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.

5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Rotate
to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press
to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
Continued

297

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

298 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Transferring
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate
to select On, then press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
Features

■ Caller’s ID Information
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate
to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.

298

1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

299 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Clear the System
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate
to select Yes, then press .

Features

4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then press
.

5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to finish.

Continued

299

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

300 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.

Features

Pref

Fax

Home

Car

Mobile

Message

Work

Other

Pager

Voice

If a name has four or more numbers, ∙∙∙ appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.

300

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

301 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

Continued

You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.

Features

Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate
to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate
to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.

301

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

302 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
Features

■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .

302

1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

303 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate
to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate
to select Yes, then
press .
1Making a Call

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

Features

■ Making a Call

The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.

Continued

303

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

304 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported

Features

phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate
to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate
to select
, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

304

1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2 Speed Dial P. 301

1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 285
2 Speed Dial P. 301

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

305 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using the call history

Continued

1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls.

Features

Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate
to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the
button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 301
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

305

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

306 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call
HFL Mode

Caller Name

1Receiving a Call

When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the
Press the

Features

306

button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the call.

Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

307 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menudriven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Features

2. Rotate
to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Continued

307

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

308 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text Message

Features

308

HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a connected cell phone. Each received message can be read
aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate
to select Yes to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
the
button.

1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 312

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

309 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages

1Displaying Messages

1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .

The

icon appears next to an unread message.

Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 312
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
disappears from the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone.

Continued

Features

3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.

309

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

310 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Using the stop reading or read option
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Press
to enter Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Stop Reading or Read,
then press .
Features

310

1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to:
• Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message readout.
• Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or
after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option
to hear the system reading out the selected
message.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

311 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Reply to a message

1Reply to a message

Continued

The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I'm driving.
• I am on my way.
• I'm running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
Features

You can reply to a message using one of the
six common phrases available in the system.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Reply, then press .
6. Rotate
to select the reply message, then
press .
7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.

311

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

312 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender

Features

312

You can call the text message sender.
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Call, then press .
u HFL begins dialing.
■ Displaying an entire message
1. Press the PHONE button or the
button.
2. Rotate
to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate
to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press
to enter the Text Message
Menu.
5. Rotate
to select Display Message,
then press .
6. Rotate
to scroll down and display the
entire message.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

313 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

Models with two displays

Using HFL

1Using HFL

■ HFL Buttons
MENU Button
Volume down
Volume up

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528 -7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

(Home) Button
SOURCE Button
/
Buttons

To use HFL, the Bluetooth On/Off Status setting
must be in On.
2 Customized Features P. 271

(Talk) Button
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button

Microphones
(Menu) Button

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen, or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/Back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag, a phonebook,
name, or a number.
MENU button: Press and hold to display Speed Dial, Call History, or Redial on
the Phone screen.
/
button: Press to select an item displayed on the Phone screen.
SOURCE button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the Phone
screen.
Continued

Features

Voice control tips
button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook,
name or a number. Speak clearly and naturally
after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system's
VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio controls on
the steering wheel.

• Press the

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Up to six speed dial entries can be displayed among a
total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no entries
in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 301

313

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

314 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

To go to the Phone menu screen:
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Phone to switch the display to the Phone screen.
3. Press the
button.

1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.

■ HFL Status Display
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.

Battery Level Status
Signal Strength

HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.

Features

1HFL Status Display

HFL Mode
Caller’s Name

The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.

Caller’s Number
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 271

■ Limitations for Manual Operation
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phone book names, or
numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 301

314

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

315 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Models with two displays

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.

1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible mobile phone to the system while the
vehicle is parked.

■ Phone settings screen
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Phone.

Connect Phone*1

Bluetooth Device List

Features

Phone

Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

Add Bluetooth Device

Pair a phone to the system.

(Existing entry list)

Connect a phone to the system.

Disconnect

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

(Existing entry list)*1

Add Bluetooth Device

Edit Device Name

Edit a previously paired
phone name.

Delete This Device

Delete a previously paired
phone.

Pair a phone to the system.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

315

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

316 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Edit Speed Dial*1

New Entry

(Existing entry list)

Features
Delete All

Enter a phone number to
store as a speed dial number.

Import from Call History

Select a phone number from
the call history to store as a
speed dial number.

Import from Phonebook

Select a phone number from
the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.

Edit

Edit a previously stored speed
dial number.
● Change a name.
● Change a number.
● Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete

Delete a previously stored
speed dial number.

Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.

Ring Tone

Select the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync*1

Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

HondaLink Assist*1

Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

316

Manual Input

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

317 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Text/Email*1

Enable Text/Email

Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.

Select Account

Select a mail or text message account.

New Message Notification Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.

Features

Default

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Continued

317

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

318 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone menu screen
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Press the
button.

Features

Speed Dial*1

New Entry

Manual Input

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.

Import from Call History

Select a phone number from the call history to store
as a speed dial number.

Import from Phonebook

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store
as a speed dial number.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook*1

Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Redial*1

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Dial*1

Enter a phone number to dial.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

318

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

319 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Call History*1

Text/Email*1

All

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Dialed

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Received

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed

Display the last 20 missed calls.

Select Account *

Features

Select a message.
Message is read aloud.

Select a mail or text message account.

Read/Stop

System reads received message aloud, or stop
message from being read.

See the previous message.

See the next message.

Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.

Call

Make a call to the sender.

*1:Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
* Not available on all models

Continued

319

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

320 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a mobile phone (when there is

Features

320

no phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Phone not Found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by
phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system, the system will return to the
previous screen.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

321 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To pair a phone when a phone is
already paired
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u Pairing start.
4. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■ Changing the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

Continued

If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Connect Phone screen.

Features

2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the current phone and
starts searching for another paired
phone.

1Changing the currently paired phone

321

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

322 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Bluetooth tab.
5. Select Edit Pairing Code.
6. Select Fixed or Random.

Features

322

1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

323 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit an already-paired phone name
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a paired phone you want to edit.
5. Select Edit Device Name.
6. Edit the name and select OK.
7. A notification appears if the change is
successful.

Features

Continued

323

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

324 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab.
3. Select Bluetooth Device List.
4. Select a phone you want to delete.
5. Select Delete This Device.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Select Yes.
7. A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.
Features

324

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

325 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Text/Email tab, then Enable Text/
Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

Continued

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.

Features

message notice
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.

325

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

326 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.

Features

326

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone is heard through the vehicle
speakers.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

327 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.

Home

Car

Mobile

Other

■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

Work

Voice

setting
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.

Pager

2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then Automatic Phone
Sync.
3. Select On or Off.

Continued

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.

Features

Pref

The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.

327

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

328 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

Features

328

2. Select Speed Dial.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Select a place to choose a number.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Select Yes or
No.
5. Select Record to store a voice tag for the
speed dial entry.
u Using the
button, follow the prompts
to store a voice tag for the speed dial
entry.

When a voice tag is stored, press the
button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

329 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record to store the voice tag.
6. Using the
button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.

1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

Features

■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued

329

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

330 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

■ Making a Call

1Making a Call

Features

You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the
button and say “Call” and the stored
voice tag name.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.

330

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

331 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering letters.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Features

■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued

331

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

332 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the
button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s history.

2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using the call history
Features

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)

2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

332

1To make a call using a speed dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 328

button to

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

333 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming call
screen appears.
Press the
Press the

button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the call.

Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold
to answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the touch screen instead
of the
and
buttons.

1Options During a Call

The available options appear on the screen during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to
your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Features

■ Options During a Call

You can select the icons on the touch screen.

ᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁ

Mute Icon

Continued

333

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

334 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

Features

334

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 325

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

335 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Selecting a E-mail Message Account

1Selecting a E-mail Message Account

If a paired phone has text or e-mail message accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.

You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.

2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Message or an e-mail message
account you want.

Select
Account
Features

You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.

Continued

335

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

336 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages
Message List

1Displaying Messages

■ Displaying text messages

The

1. Go to the Phone menu screen.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.

2 Phone menu screen P. 318

2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Text Message
Features

336

icon appears next to an unread message.

To see the previous or next message, select Previous
or Next on the message screen.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

337 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Folder List

■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 318

Message List

2. Select Text/Email.
u Select Select Account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.

Features

E-mail Message

Continued

337

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

338 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 336

2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read again to start reading the
message from the beginning.

■ Reply to a message

Features

338

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 336

2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Complete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.

1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

339 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Dial.

Features

Continued

339

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

340 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ In Case of Emergency

1In Case of Emergency

■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition will be sent to the
operator; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
Features

IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.

340

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
• You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

341 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To enable notification

1To enable notification

1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 315

2. Select Phone tab, then HondaLink Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

Setting options:
• On: Notification is available.
• Off: Disable the feature.

Features

341

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

342 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Compass
When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, the compass self-calibrates, and the
compass display appears.

Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
Models with one display

Features

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate
to select Calibration, then press
.

Compass Setting Menu Items

4. When the display changes to Calibration
Start, press .
5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

342

1Compass
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
• Driving near power lines or stations
• Crossing a bridge
• Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
• When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets
1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
Models with one display

While setting the compass:
• The
button returns to the previous screen.
• The SETUP button cancels the setting mode.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

343 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCompassuCompass Calibration

Models with two displays

1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Compass.
5. Select Calibration.
6. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.

Compass Indicator

Features

343

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

344 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCompassuCompass Zone Selection

Compass Zone Selection
Models with one display

Zone Number

1Compass Zone Selection

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press and hold the SETUP button until the
display shows the compass setting menu.
3. Rotate
to select Zone, then press .
The display shows the current zone
number.
4. Rotate
to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .

Models with two displays

Features

1. Press the
button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Compass.
5. Select Zone.
6. Select the zone number of your area (See
Zone Map), then select OK.
Zone Number

344

The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

345 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCompassuCompass Zone Selection

Zone Map

15
14

3
4

12
5

7 8

10 11
Features

Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11

345

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

346

346 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

347 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving................................... 348
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 353
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 356
Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 357
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information......................... 358
Important Safety Precautions............ 358
Avoiding Trouble ............................. 359
When Driving
Models without smart entry system

Starting the Engine .......................... 360
Models with smart entry system

Starting the Engine .......................... 362

* Not available on all models

Precautions While Driving ................ 366
Continuously Variable Transmission... 367
Shifting............................................ 368
ECON Button ................................... 370
Cruise Control * ............................... 371
Front Sensor Camera * ..................... 374
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) * ....... 375
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * ..... 386
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) * .. 390
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System............. 396
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM * ...................................... 400
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 401

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 403
Braking
Brake System ................................... 405
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 407
Brake Assist System ......................... 408
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) * ..................................... 409
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 416
Multi-View Rear Camera * ................ 417
Refueling........................................... 420
Fuel Economy.................................... 423
Accessories and Modifications ........ 424

347

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

348 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
Driving

348

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.

1Exterior Checks
NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

349 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 351

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 137

• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.

Driving

• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 172
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173

Continued

349

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

350 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36

• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 70

Driving

350

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

351 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.

1Maximum Load Limit

3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.

Label Example

Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

Continued

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 510

Driving

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 510

351

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

352 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)

Example2

352

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

353 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
■ Towing Load Limits

1Towing Load Limits

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Maximum allowable weight of the trailer,
cargo, and everything in or on it must not
exceed 1,500 lbs (680 kg). Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
Total Load

■ Tongue load

Continued

Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600
miles (1,000 km).

Driving

Tongue Load
Tongue
Load

The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
• To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.

3 WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.

Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 510

353

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

354 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

■ Towing Equipment and Accessories
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.

■ Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.

■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

■ Trailer brakes

Driving

Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.

■ Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.

354

1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

355 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
Small (Red)

Backup Light (Brown)

Left Turn Signal (Violet)

Brake Light (Pink)

Right Turn Signal (Green)

Option (Yellow)

Grand (Black)

When using a non-Honda trailer lighting harness and converter, get the connector
and pins for your vehicle from a dealer.

Driving

Your trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area.
Each pin’s purpose and wiring color code are shown in the image.

355

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

356 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer

Driving Safely with a Trailer
■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 353

• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.

■ Towing Speeds and Gears

Driving

• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

■ Turning and Braking
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.

■ Driving in Hilly Terrain
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
heating and cooling system */climate control system * and reduce speed. Pull to the
side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.

356

* Not available on all models

1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted
up to 65 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer's tires.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

357 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 506

Driving

357

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

358 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.

Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 351
Driving

358

• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.

1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines

3 WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers can be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 366

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

359 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble

Avoiding Trouble

Driving

• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight or down a slope is usually the
safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before
you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it. Find
another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back
down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.

359

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

360 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

When Driving
Models without smart entry system

Starting the Engine

1Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

Brake Pedal

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P .

Driving

3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.

360

* Not available on all models

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling system */climate control system *, and rear
defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below −22°F (−30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

361 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

■ Starting to Drive
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 405

2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.

■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.

1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15
seconds.
• If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
• If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 147

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.

Driving

1Hill start assist system

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.

361

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

362 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

Models with smart entry system

Starting the Engine

1Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P .
Driving
Brake Pedal

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below −22°F (−30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 147

362

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

363 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.

1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 492
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.

Driving

Continued

363

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

364 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

■ Stopping the Engine
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to (P .
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

■ Starting to Drive
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 405

2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
Driving

364

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

365 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D , (S , or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.

1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.

Driving

365

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

366 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving
■ Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Honda
accessory).

■ In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
Driving

366

■ Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

367 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission
■ Creeping
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

1Precautions While Driving
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q or
LOCK (0 *1 while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
Driving

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 30
2 Precautions While Driving P. 366

367

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

368 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions

Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling

Driving

Drive
Used for normal driving

Release Button

Drive (S)
Used:
● For better acceleration
● To increase engine braking
● When going up or down hills
Low
● Used to further increase engine braking
● Used when going up or down hills

368

1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1
and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P .
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

369 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Lever Operation

1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE

Tachometer's red zone

When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Shift Lever Position Indicator
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
If the transmission indicator (D blinks when driving,
in any shift position, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.

Driving

Depress the brake pedal and press the
shift lever release button to shift.

It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.

369

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

370 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguECON Button

ECON Button
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on
and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel
economy by adjusting the performance of the
engine, transmission, air conditioning system,
and cruise control.

Driving

370

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

371 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

Cruise Control *
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator pedal. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can
travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.

Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.

■ Shift positions for cruise control:

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.

In (D or (S

How to use

3 WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.

When to use

■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:

1Cruise Control *

CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.

When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.

the steering wheel.

* Not available on all models

Continued

Driving

Cruise control is ready to use.

■ Press the CRUISE button on

371

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

372 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed
−/SET Button

On when cruise control begins
Press and release

Driving

372

Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

373 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.

You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

■ To Cancel
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button

To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

1To Cancel

Driving

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.

Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.

373

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

374 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera *

Front Sensor Camera *
The camera, used in systems; such as LDW, LKAS, ACC and CMBSTM, is designed to
detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate their functions.

■ Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor
Camera

This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.

Driving

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.

1Front Sensor Camera *
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the camera’s field of
vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
If the SOME DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEMS CANNOT
OPERATE:
message appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.

374

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

375 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following distance behind a
vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake
or the accelerator.

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

3 WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.

When to use

Use ACC only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.

The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.

3 WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22
mph, ACC will automatically cancel and no
longer will apply your vehicle's brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.

Driving

The radar sensor is inside
the front grille.

■ Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control:

Desired speed in a range above roughly 25
mph (40 km/h) ~
■ Shift positions for adaptive cruise control:
In (D or (S

* Not available on all models

Continued

375

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

376 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

How to use

Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.

ACC is on in the multiinformation display.
Adaptive cruise control is
ready to use.

■ Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.

Driving

376

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

377 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *
–/SET Button

ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 380
When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off
adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button.
1To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when
adaptive cruise
control begins
Press and release

* Not available on all models

Continued

Driving

Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button,
Set Vehicle
Set Vehicle
the set speed is fixed, and adaptive cruise
Speed
Distance
control begins.
u A vehicle icon and distance bars appear
on the multi-information display.

You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 100, 114

377

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

378 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ When in Operation

1When in Operation

■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the multi-information display to alert you
to brake.

2 To Change Vehicle Distance P. 382

■ When ACC detects a

■ When the vehicle goes

The vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display.

The vehicle icon on the
multi-information display
becomes a dotted-line
contour.

vehicle within ACC range:

out of ACC range:

Driving

Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.

ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

378

Beep

Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle detected ahead of you is going at
almost the same speed as, or faster than your
vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually distancing itself from
you.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

379 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ There is no vehicle ahead

1When in Operation

Your vehicle cruises at the set speed.

■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going slower than the set speed
Your vehicle slows down, and maintains the same speed as the speed of the vehicle
ahead to maintain the set following distance.

■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going at a steady speed
Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead of it, keeping a constant distance, without
going beyond the set speed.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC detecting range. Change the ACC FORWARD
VEHICLE DETECT BEEP * setting.
2 Customized Features P. 100, 114
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may
not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 380

■ A vehicle ahead goes out of range
ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

■ When you depress the accelerator pedal

* Not available on all models

Continued

Driving

You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes the set speed.

379

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

380 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ ACC Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).

■ Vehicle conditions
Driving

• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• The parking brake is applied.

380

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

381 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ Detection limitations

Continued

Driving

• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle or pedestrian cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes
suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

381

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

382 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
following distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead.

To increase speed

You can set the vehicle speed using the –/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.

To decrease speed

Driving

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about
5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

■ To Change Vehicle Distance
Distance Button

382

Press the
(distance) button to change ACC
range.
Each time you press the button, the following
distance (the distance behind a vehicle
detected ahead of you) setting cycles through
extra long, long, middle, and short following
distances.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

383 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

Determine the most appropriate following distance setting based on your specific
driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following distance requirements set by
local regulation.
The higher your selected set speed is, the greater the short, middle, long or extra
long following distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
When the Set Speed is:
Vehicle Distance

Short

Long

Extra
Long

65 mph (104 km/h)

84 feet
26 meters
1.1 sec

102 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec

111 feet
34 meters
1.5 sec

139 feet
43 meters
1.5 sec

155 feet
48 meters
2.1 sec

202 feet
62 meters
2.1 sec

215 feet
66 meters
3.0 sec

285 feet
87 meters
3.0 sec

Driving

Middle

50 mph (80 km/h)

Continued

383

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

384 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ To Cancel
MAIN
Button
CANCEL
Button

1To Cancel

To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of
the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.

■ Automatic cancellation

Driving

384

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC
cancellation:
• Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below.
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• When the radar sensor inside the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS or VSA® is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the
prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the
RES/+ button when driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40km/h).
• When the MAIN button is turned off.

1Automatic cancellation

Even though adaptive cruise control has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
to cancel improves, then press the RES/+ button.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

385 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) *

■ To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Press and hold the

1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control

(distance) button for one second.

CRUISE MODE SELECTED appears on the multi-information display for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the
ACC ON

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise Mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following distance from a vehicle
ahead of you.

button again for one second.
Cruise
Control ON

Driving

Distance Button

385

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

386 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) *
Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally
crossing over detected lane markings.

■ How the System Works
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected
left or right side lane markings without a turn
signal activated, LDW will give audible and
visual alerts.
The beeper sounds and the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display, letting you know that you need to
take appropriate action.
Driving

■ How the System Activates
The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are
met:
• The vehicle is traveling between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.

386

* Not available on all models

1Lane Departure Warning (LDW) *
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.
Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is
always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within
your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

1How the System Activates
LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 85

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

387 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

■ LDW On and Off
Indicator

Press the LDW button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.

LDW Button

Driving

Continued

387

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

388 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

■ LDW Limitations
LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when
keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these
conditions are listed below.

■ Environmental conditions

Driving

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markings.
Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving over bumps.

388

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

389 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

■ Vehicle conditions
•
•
•
•
•

Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
The camera temperature gets too hot.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

Driving

389

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

390 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

■ Audible and visual alerts
Beeps and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out of
a detected lane.
■ LKAS camera
Monitors the lane
lines

■ Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the
steering to keep the vehicle
between the left and right lane
lines. The applied torque becomes
stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.

Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Display Warning and Information
Messages * P. 86
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.

Driving

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
LKAS may not work properly under certain
conditions.
2 LKAS Limitations P. 394

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

390

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

391 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

■ When the System can be Used

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.

You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

■ How to activate the system
MAIN Button

* Not available on all models

Driving

LKAS Button

1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display.
The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the multiinformation display.
The system is activated.

Continued

391

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

392 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.

■ To cancel

The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.

1To cancel

To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
Driving

MAIN Button
LKAS Button

392

1When the System can be Used

The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

393 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

■ The system operation is suspended if

When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multiinformation display change to
contour lines.

you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.

•
•
•
•

Driving

■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
The system fails to detect lane lines.
The steering wheel is quickly turned.
You fail to steer the vehicle.
The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.

Continued

393

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

394 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

■ LKAS Limitations
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■ Environmental conditions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Driving

394

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

395 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) *

■ Vehicle conditions
•
•
•
•
•

Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
The camera temperature gets too hot.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire *, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

Driving

* Not available on all models

395

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

396 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
Helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than
what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does
so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.

Driving

396

VSA® System
Indicator

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire types and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
types of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

397 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® On and Off
VSA® OFF Indicator

This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially turn the VSA® features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allows the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the
button until you hear a beep.

(VSA® OFF)

With the
button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the
button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.

Driving

VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

397

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

398 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM *

LaneWatchTM *
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicle, in addition to your visual check and use of
the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
1 The system activates when you:

Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.

Press the LaneWatch
button.

Driving

Press the LaneWatch
button again.

Audio/Information Screen

* Not available on all models

3 WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.

The system deactivates when you:
Pull the turn signal
lever back.

398

The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.

1LaneWatchTM *

The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.

Camera

The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
• Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
• Your tires are over or under inflated.
• Your tires or wheels are of varied size or construction.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

399 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM *

■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Off: Changes the remaining Lane Watch display time
after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Next Maneuver Pop up *: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the
navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.
• Display: Adjusts display settings.
2 Customized Features P. 271

■ Reference Lines

2
1

The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in (R .
For proper LaneWatch operation:
• The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
• Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.

Driving

Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 farther away.

1LaneWatchTM *

The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
• The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
• The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.

* Not available on all models

399

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

400 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguReal Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *

Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *
When the system senses a loss of front wheel traction, it automatically transfers
some power to the rear wheels. This allows you to utilize all available traction and
may increase mobility.
You still need to exercise the same care when accelerating, steering, and braking
that you would in a two wheel drive vehicle.
If you excessively spin all four wheels and overheat the AWD system, only the front
wheels receive power. Stop until the system cools down.

Driving

400

* Not available on all models

1Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control SystemTM *
NOTICE

Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause transmission or rear differential damage.
The AWD system may not function properly if tire
type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same
size and type of tire, and the air pressures as
specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 471

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

401 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the multi-information display *.

■ TPMS Calibration
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
u Before calibrating the TPMS, turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, and make
sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.

TPMS
Button

Models with information display

Press and hold the TPMS button.
u The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
blinks a few times.
If the indicator does not blink a few times, the
calibration is not successful. Press and hold
the TPMS button again.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued
* Not available on all models

The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465

Driving

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
• A compact spare tire is used.
• There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,
such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at
calibration.
• Snow chains are used.

401

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

402 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Models with multi-information display

You can calibrate the system from the customized features on the multi-information
display.
1. Press
button to select TPMS CALIBRATION, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
2. Press the SEL/RESET button.
u The display switches to the customization setup screen, where you can select
Cancel or Calibrate.
3. Press the
button and select Calibrate, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u Calibration Started screen appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
If the Calibration Failed to Start message appears, repeat steps 2-3.

1TPMS Calibration

• TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire is
installed.

• The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
• During this period, if the ignition is turned on*1 and
the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
may notice the low tire pressure indicator comes on
briefly. This is normal and indicates that the
calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.

Driving

If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
*1: Models with the smart entry system have an
ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition
switch.

402

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

403 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

U.S. models

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Continued

403

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

404 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

Driving

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

404

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

405 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake

1Parking Brake

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Depress the parking brake pedal down with
your foot.

NOTICE

Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.

To release:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Depress the parking brake.
Driving

Continued

405

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

406 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 408
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 407

1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.

Driving

406

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

407 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.“

■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When tire chains are installed.

Driving

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

407

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

408 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation
Depress the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Driving

408

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

409 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed when a
collision is deemed unavoidable to help minimize collision severity.

■ How the system works
When to use

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 414

The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.

You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374
Driving

The radar sensor is
in the front grille.

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBSTM activates when:
● The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
● Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

* Not available on all models

Continued

409

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

410 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

■ When the system activates

1When the system activates

The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Visual Alerts
Beep

Audible Alert

Driving

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (LONG/
NORMAL/SHORT) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multiinformation display setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 104, 118

410

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 414

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

411 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

■ Collision Alert Stages
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
CMBSTM
Distance between vehicles

Stage
one

Normal
Long Short

Vehicle
Ahead

The radar sensor detects
a vehicle

Audible & Visual WARNINGS

Braking

There is a risk of a collision
with the vehicle ahead of
you.

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come
on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead
than in NORMAL setting, and in SHORT, at a
shorter distance than in NORMAL.

—

Your Vehicle
Your
Vehicle

Vehicle
Ahead

The risk of a collision has
increased, time to respond
is reduced.

Lightly applied
Visual and audible alerts.

Stage
three

Your
Vehicle

Vehicle
Ahead

The CMBSTM determines
that a collision is
unavoidable.

Driving

Stage
two

Forcefully applied

Continued

411

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

412 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

■ CMBSTM On and Off

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

Press this button for about one second to turn
the system on and off.
When the CMBSTM is off:
• The beeper sounds.
• The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the engine.
Driving

412

* Not available on all models

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the
CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 414

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

413 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

■ With Little Chance of a Collision

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

■ At an intersection

Avoid the following conditions that may cause the
radar aim to be temporarily out of range and prevent
the CMBSTM from working properly.
• A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the
suspension tilts your vehicle.
• The tire pressures are not correct, the tire sizes are
incorrect, the tire types are different, and/or the
tires are not in good condition.

Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

■ On a curve

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the
emblem.

■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

* Not available on all models

Continued

Driving

■ Through a low bridge at high speed

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

413

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

414 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

■ CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera * P. 374

■ Environmental conditions

Driving

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
There is little contrast between objects and the background.
Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

■ Vehicle conditions
•
•
•
•

Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
The inside of the windshield is fogged.
An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.

414

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

415 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) *

• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

■ Detection limitations

Driving

• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is squatting.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.

415

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

416 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in (D .
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P .
4. Turn off the engine.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

1When Stopped

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

NOTICE

The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
Driving

416

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

417 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Multi-View Rear Camera *
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Models with one display

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to
(R .
Models with two displays/Models with navigation system

See the Navigation System Manual.
Models with two displays/Models without navigation system

The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R .

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions, such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures, may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
Driving

* Not available on all models

Continued

417

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

418 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMulti-View Rear Camera * uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

■ Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Wide View Mode

Guidelines

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 271
Models with two displays/Models without navigation
system

Bumper
Normal View Mode
Camera
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Driving

418

Top Down View Mode

Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R .
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

419 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMulti-View Rear Camera * uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display.
Models with one display

Press the selector knob to switch the angle.
Models with two displays/Models without navigation system

Touch the appropriate icon to switch the angle.
: Wide view
: Normal view
: Top down view
All models

If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you shift into (R . If Top View is last used before you turned off the engine,
Wide mode is selected next time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1 and shift
to (R .
Driving

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

419

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

420 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.

■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Driving

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

420

1Fuel Information
NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

421 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

■ Fuel tank capacity: 15.3 US gal (58 liters)

How to Refuel

Pull

1How to Refuel

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle
under the lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The fuel fill door opens.

3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Driving

Continued

421

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

422 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

Driving

422

Holder

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Cap
Cap

1How to Refuel

5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

423 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display */multi-information display */intelligent multi-information display
(i-MID).
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven

Gallons of
fuel

Miles per
Gallon

100

Liter

Kilometers

L per 100 km

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Driving

* Not available on all models

423

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

424 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 503

• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Modifications
Driving

Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.

424

1Accessories and Modifications

3 WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

425 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 426
Safety When Performing Maintenance...427
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 428
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 429
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 440
Opening the Hood ........................... 441
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 442
Oil Check ......................................... 443
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 444
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...445

* Not available on all models

Engine Coolant ................................ 447
Transmission Fluid............................ 449
Brake Fluid....................................... 450
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 451
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 452

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades... 461
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 465
Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 466

Tire Labeling .................................... 466
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 468
Wear Indicators................................ 470
Tire Service Life ................................ 470

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 471
Tire Rotation.................................... 472
Winter Tires ..................................... 473
Battery............................................... 474
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 475
Heating and Cooling System */Climate
Control System * Maintenance....... 477
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 478
Exterior Care.................................... 480

425

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

426 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.

■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 450

• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 465
Maintenance

• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.

426

* Not available on all models

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 452

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 461

1Inspection and Maintenance
U.S. models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display */multiinformation display */intelligent multi-information
display (i-MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 434
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 519
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

427 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.

■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Operate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.

• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.

3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.

3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.

Maintenance

■ Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

427

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

428 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.

Maintenance

428

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

429 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display */multi-information display * and the i-MID every
time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1. The messages notify you when to
change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated
maintenance services.

To Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life on the Information Display *
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.
2. Press the
(Select/Reset) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.

Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0

Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the i-MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 434

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued
* Not available on all models

Maintenance

The Maintenance Minder indicator (
) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.

1To Use Maintenance MinderTM

429

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

430 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life on the Multi-Information
Display *

Maintenance Service
Items
Remaining Engine Oil
Life

Button

Maintenance

430

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the
button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multiinformation display.

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

431 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on
the i-MID

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the i-MID.
You can view them on the Maintenance info screen at any time.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.
2. Press the MENU button to go to the Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Vehicle Information, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again to go to the Maintenance info screen. The
engine oil life appears on the i-MID.
Main
Item

Engine Oil Life

SOURCE
Button

Maintenance

Sub
Item

6285&(

0(18

MENU Button

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued

431

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

432 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the i-MID and Information Display *
Oil Life Display on the
Information Display

Oil Life Display
15%
2345

15
Engine oil
Air filters

5%
2345

5
Engine oil
Air filters

Maintenance

—

432

* Not available on all models

Explanation

Information

Maintenance Minder
Indicator

The engine oil life indicator The engine oil is
starts to appear along with approaching the end of
its service life.
other due soon
maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
Starts to come on when
the remaining engine oil
life becomes 15 percent.
It goes off when the
display is switched.

The SERVICE message also
starts to appear along with
the engine oil life indicator
and the maintenance item
codes.

The engine oil has almost
reached the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items
should be inspected and
serviced as soon as
possible.

The remaining engine oil
life has passed its service
life, and a negative distance
appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10
km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the
display blinks.

The engine oil life has
passed. The
maintenance items must
be inspected and
Stays on as a reminder
serviced immediately.
even when the display is
switched.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

433 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the i-MID and Multi-Information Display *
Maintenance
Message

Oil Life Display on
the MultiInformation Display

SERVICE DUE SOON

Explanation

Information

15%
2345

The remaining engine oil life is 15
to 6 percent. Once you switch the
display by pressing the
button, this message will go off.

The engine oil is
approaching the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items should
be inspected and serviced
soon.

2345

The remaining engine oil life is 5
to 1 percent. Press the
button to switch to another
display.

The engine oil has almost
reached the end of its
service life, and the
maintenance items should
be inspected and serviced
as soon as possible.

The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)
or 10 km (Canadian models). Press
the
button to switch to
another display.

The engine oil life has
passed. The maintenance
items must be inspected
and serviced immediately.

15
Engine oil
Air filters

SERVICE DUE NOW

5%
5
Engine oil
Air filters

SERVICE PAST DUE
—

The system message indicator (
* Not available on all models

Maintenance

Oil Life Display

) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
Continued

433

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

434 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

• Independent of the Maintenance Minder

Models with information display

information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
Maintenance Minder
Message

System Message
Indicator

km).

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.

Main
Item

Sub Items

Models with multi-information display

System Message
Indicator

Maintenance Minder
Message

Maintenance
Main
Item

434

Sub Items

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

435 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

CODE
A
B

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Check parking brake adjustment
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE
1
2

●
●
●
●

3
4

●
●
●

5
6

●
●

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission fluid*4
Replace spark plugs
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant
Replace rear differential fluid *

*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

Continued

435

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

436 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
Models with information display

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly
pressing the
(Select/Reset) knob.
3. Press and hold the
knob for 10 seconds
or more.
u The engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item codes blink.
4. Press the
knob for five seconds or more.
u The displayed maintenance items
disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.

Maintenance

436

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

437 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Models with multi-information display

Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes
SEL/RESET Button

Button

Continued

Maintenance

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Select VEHICLE SETTINGS using the
button, then press the SEL/RESET
button.
3. Select MAINTENANCE RESET using the
button, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
4. Select RESET using the
button, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return to
100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.

437

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

438 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

All models

Engine
Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes
SOURCE
Button

(- Button

Maintenance

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1.
2. Go to the Maintenance info screen.
2 Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items on the i-MID P. 431

3. Press the SOURCE button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the i-MID.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

438

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

439 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

4. Select Yes with the (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u Any maintenance items that are necessary for your vehicle at the next
maintenance service will appear.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select No, then press the SOURCE button.

Maintenance

439

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

440 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)

Battery

Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Maintenance
Radiator Cap

440

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

441 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle

1. Park the vehicle on level ground, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.

1Opening the Hood
NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.

Pull
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Lever
Grip

Clamp

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.

Maintenance

Support Rod

441

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

442 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.

Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

442

1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

443 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Lower Mark

Maintenance

Upper Mark

443

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

444 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap

Maintenance

444

1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

445 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display */multi-information display */i-MID.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
Washer

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.

Drain Bolt

Maintenance

Oil Filter

* Not available on all models

Continued

445

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

446 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block,
and install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the oil filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including filter):
4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
Maintenance

446

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Be sure to verify that the oil filter is designed for your
vehicle. A genuine Honda oil filter is recommended
for optimum lubrication flow and filtration properties
to assure the reliability of the engine.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

447 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant
1Engine Coolant

Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

■ Reserve Tank
MAX

MIN

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Continued

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

Maintenance

Reserve
Tank

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.

447

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

448 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

■ Radiator

1Radiator
Radiator Cap

Maintenance

448

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

449 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

1Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
NOTICE

Do not mix HCF-2 with other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than HCF-2 may
adversely affect the operation and durability of your
vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to HCF-2 is not covered by Honda’s
new vehicle warranty.

Maintenance

449

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

450 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

NOTICE

■ Checking the Brake Fluid
Brake Reservoir

MAX
MIN

1Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pad as soon as possible.

Maintenance

450

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

451 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

Canadian models with information display

If the washer fluid is low, the washer level indicator comes on.
Canadian models with multi-information display

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Maintenance

451

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

452 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3)
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)

■ High Beam Headlight
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

Bulb

Tab
Coupler

Maintenance

452

1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

453 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs *

■ Low Beam Headlights
Bulb

Coupler

1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

Tab

Fog Light Bulbs *

1Fog Light Bulbs *

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

NOTICE

Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type)

When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Maintenance

1. Pull the hole of the cover with your finger,
then remove it.

Cover

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.

Hole

* Not available on all models

Continued

453

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

454 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs *

2. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head
screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light
assembly out of the bumper.

Screw

Bulb

Tab

Coupler
Maintenance

454

3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
5. Insert new bulb.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

455 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light Bulbs

Models without smart entry system

Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light
Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/Parking Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
2. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb
Socket

Maintenance

455

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

456 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Side Marker Light Bulbs

Models with smart entry system

Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
2. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb
Socket

Models with smart entry system

Parking Light Bulbs
Maintenance

456

Parking light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light bulbs.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

457 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs *

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs *
Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.

Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn
Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs

1Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and
Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/Taillight: 21/5W
Back-Up Light: 21W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21W (Amber)
Bolts

1. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
2. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Cap

If it is difficult to remove the light assembly, remove
the cap.
Maintenance

* Not available on all models

Continued

457

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

458 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs

3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Socket
Guide

Maintenance

458

5. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on
to the guide on the body.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

459 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuUpper Rear Side Marker/Taillight Bulbs

Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillight: 3CP
1. Remove the lower taillight assembly.
2 Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear
Side Marker Light Bulbs P. 457

2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolt.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Bolt

4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Maintenance

Socket

459

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

460 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb

Rear License Plate Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
Rear License Plate Light: 3CP
1. Push the left edge of the lens to the right
and pull out the license light assembly.

2. Push the tabs to remove the lens.
3. Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

Tab
Bulb
Tab
Maintenance

Lens

High-Mount Brake Light Bulb
High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light bulbs.

460

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

461 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber

1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.

Lock Tab

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

2. Push the lock tab up.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.

Maintenance

Continued

461

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

462 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.

Blade

Top

Retainer
Blade

Maintenance

Indent

Tab

462

5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.

6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm
until it clicks.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

463 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the rear wiper arm up and away from
the rear window.

1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
rear window.

Lock Tab

2. Pull up the lock tab and release the wiper
arm.

Maintenance

3. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.

Blade

Continued

463

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

464 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.

Retainer

Rubber

5. Slide the wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.

Maintenance

464

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

465 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.

3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.

Maintenance

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

1Checking Tires

2 Wear Indicators P. 470

• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

465

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

466 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Label
Example

Tire Labeling
Example

The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.

1Tire Sizes

Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)

The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.

Maintenance

Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size

■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

466

1Tire and Loading Information Label

Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
215/70R16 100S
215: Tire width in millimeters.
70: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
100: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
S: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

467 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

■ Glossary of Tire Terminology

DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week

Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

467

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

468 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

Maintenance

468

■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

469 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.

1Traction

■ Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

1Temperature

Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
Maintenance

469

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

470 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark

The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.

Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

Maintenance

470

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

471 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA®), hill
start assist, and the AWD * system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3 WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

471

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

472 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display */
multi-information display */intelligent multi-information display (i-MID) helps to
distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■ Tires without rotation marks

1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
Maintenance

472

Front

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

473 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.

1Winter Tires

3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1042
Models with 225/65R17 or P225/60R18 99H tires

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain TC2111MM
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.

NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.

Maintenance

Models with 215/70R16 tires

Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.

473

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

474 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Battery
Checking the Battery
Check the battery condition monthly and check the terminals for corrosion.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 210

1Battery

3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.

• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 128

• The navigation system * is disabled.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual

Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.

Maintenance

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.

474

* Not available on all models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

475 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

NOTICE

■ Master Keys with Remote Transmitter *
Screw

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.

Battery type: CR1620
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillipshead screwdriver.

Battery

2. Open the remote transmitter.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
3. Remove the button battery with the small
flat-tip screwdriver.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

Continued

Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

1Replacing the Button Battery

475

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

476 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

■ Smart Entry Remote *
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.

Battery

Maintenance

476

* Not available on all models

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

477 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Heating and Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The heating and cooling system */climate control system * is equipped with a dust
and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The
Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system */
climate control system * deteriorates noticeably, and
the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Maintenance

* Not available on all models

477

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

478 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Opening

1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

Maintenance

478

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

479 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

1Floor Mats

The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather *
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Maintenance

* Not available on all models

479

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

480 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

■ Washing the Vehicle
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.

■ Using an Automated Car Wash
• Remove the audio antenna.
2 Audio Antenna P. 209

Maintenance

480

• Fold in the door mirrors.
• Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers *.
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

* Not available on all models

Air Intake Vents

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

481 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Applying Wax

1Applying Wax

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels *

Continued

Maintenance

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

* Not available on all models

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.

481

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

482 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Maintenance

482

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

483 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 484
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 485
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine ........................ 491

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is
Weak..........................................492
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 493
Jump Starting.................................... 494
Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 496

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 497
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 499
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 499
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 500
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On......................................................501

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On........................... 501
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 502
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 503
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 505
Emergency Towing........................... 506
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..507

483

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

484 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.

Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle

Jack Handle Bar
Handling the Unexpected

484

Jack

Tool Bag

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

485 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1.

1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Handling the Unexpected

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued

485

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

486 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.

Handling the Unexpected

Tool Bag

2. Take the tool bag out of the cargo area.
Take the wheel nut wrench and jack handle
bar out of the tool bag.

Spare Tire

3. Take the jack out of the spare tire area.
4. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

486

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

487 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

5. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

The tire to be replaced.

Wheel
Blocks

7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

6. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.

487

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

488 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.

3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.

Jack
Handle
Bar

488

Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

489 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)

Continued

489

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

490 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Storing the Flat Tire
Center Cap

1Storing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the center cap.

3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

Handling the Unexpected

For compact spare tire
Wing
Bolt
Spacer
Cone

For full-size tire

2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and
jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store
the bag in the cargo area.
5. Store the jack in its holder. Turn the jack’s
end bracket to lock it in place.

■ TPMS and the Spare Tire
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the
comes on while you are driving.
After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short
time and then stay on, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 401

490

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

491 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.

1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 494

Starter condition
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.

Checklist
Check for a message on the intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
● If the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 492

uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 154

2 Battery P. 474

If the interior lights come on normally 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 505
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 360
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
●

The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.

Handling the Unexpected

Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all

2 Immobilizer System P. 147

Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 92
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 505

If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 506

491

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

492 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Models with smart entry system

If the beeper sounds, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,
and the engine won’t start.
Models with intelligent multi-information display

The TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears on the
intelligent multi-information display (i-MID).
Start the engine as follows.

Handling the Unexpected

492

1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator changes from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

493 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

Emergency Engine Stop
Models with smart entry system

The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.

The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the gear position to (P after the
vehicle comes to a complete stop.

Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.

Handling the Unexpected

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.

1Emergency Engine Stop

493

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

494 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Jump Starting
■ Jump Starting Procedure

Handling the Unexpected

494

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12 volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
Booster Battery
volts. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

1Jump Starting

3 WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

495 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster - terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster + terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

495

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

496 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.

■ Releasing the Lock
1. Set the parking brake.
Models without smart entry system

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
Models with smart entry system

Slot
Handling the Unexpected

Cover

All models

3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into (N .
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

Release
Button

Shift Lock Release Slot

496

2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

497 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■ First thing to do

Continued

3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the H mark may damage the engine.

Handling the Unexpected

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.

1How to Handle Overheating

497

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

498 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do

1How to Handle Overheating
MAX

Reserve
Tank

MIN

Handling the Unexpected

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down,
contact a dealer for repairs.

498

3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

499 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

2 Oil Check P. 443

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling system */climate control system *, rear
defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer
for repairs.

* Not available on all models

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.

Handling the Unexpected

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

499

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

500 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink

Handling the Unexpected

• Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

■ Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.

■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.

■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the
fuel fill cap.

500

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

501 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
U.S.

Canada

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

501

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

502 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

502

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 401

■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 401

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

503 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1 and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Tab

*1: Models with the smart entry system
have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
* Not available on all models

4
5
6
7

Amps
70 A
(40 A)
20 A
40 A
(30 A)
120 A
50 A
60 A
60 A
30 A
(30 A)
30 A
−
40 A
30 A
20 A
20 A
(30 A)
(30 A)
(30 A)
(30 A)
−
−
−
−

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

Circuit Protected
Sub Fan Rly CL
VSA ECU
Heated Door Mirror *
STRLD
Injector
Premium Amp *
Horn
Hazard
Stop
IG Coil
IGP2
Daytime Running Lights
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
Deicer
DBW
IGP
Left Headlight Low Beam
Right Headlight Low Beam
SMALL
MG Clutch
Interior Lights
Backup

Amps
7.5 A
7.5 A
(7.5 A)
7.5 A
20 A
(20 A)
10 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
(10 A)
(20 A)
(15 A)
15 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
20 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.

Circuit Protected
EPS
Power Tailgate
ABS/VSA FSR
ABS/VSA Motor
E-DPS *
Main Fuse
Main
Fuse Box Main
Fuse Box Main 2
Headlight High Beam Main
ST Magnetic Switch
Rear Defogger
−
Heater Motor
Front Wiper Main
Sub Fan Motor
Main Fan Motor
DC/DC1
DC/DC2
IG MAIN
IG MAIN2
−
−
−
−

503

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

504 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Interior Fuse Box
Located under the dashboard.

9
10
11

Fuse Box

12
13
14
Fuse Label
Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

504

Circuit Protected
−
ACG
SRS
Fuel Pump
Meter
Power Window
VB SOL
Passenger’s Side Door Lock
Motor 2 (Unlock)

* Not available on all models

Amps
−
10 A
10 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

Circuit Protected
Amps
Driver’s Side Door Lock
15 A
Motor 1 (Unlock)
(7.5 A)
Trailer *
Moonroof *
(20 A)
Accessory Power Socket
20 A
(Center Console)
Washer Main *
(15 A)
Seat Heaters *
(20 A)
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
10 A
(Unlock)
*
Driver's Power Seat Sliding
(20 A)
Driver's Power Seat
(20 A)
Reclining *
−
−
ACC
7.5 A
ACC Key Lock
7.5 A
Daytime Running Lights
7.5 A
A/C
7.5 A
Wiper
10 A
ABS/VSA
7.5 A
Audio
10 A
Power Tailgate *
(20 A)
Accessory Power Socket
20 A
(Front)
15 A
Washer *
OPDS
7.5 A

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Circuit Protected
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
Smart *
Passenger’s Side Door Lock
Motor 2 (Lock)
Driver’s Side Door Lock
Motor 1 (Lock)
Small Lights
Illumination
Rear Wiper Main *
Front Fog Lights *
Left Headlight High Beam
Right Headlight High Beam
−
Door Lock
Driver’s Side Power
Window
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
Front Passenger’s Side
Power Window
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
−

Amps
10 A
(10 A)
15 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
(10 A)
(20 A)
10 A
10 A
−
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
20 A
−

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

505 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Blown Fuse

Combined
Fuse

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 503 to 504.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
conform the specific amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 503
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse Puller

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 *1. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.

505

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

506 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
All models

■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

1Emergency Towing
NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE

2WD models

■ Wheel lift equipment
Handling the Unexpected

506

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.

Improper towing such as towing behind a motor
vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

507 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the inside of the tailgate.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.

1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
What to do-following up
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.

Cover

Lever

Models without power tailgate

2. Models with power tailgate
To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right.

Handling the Unexpected

Models with power tailgate

2. Models without power tailgate
To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever using a flat-tip screw
driver.

Lever

507

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

508

508 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

509 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 510
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 512
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 513
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 514

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 515
Warranty Coverages ........................ 517
Authorized Manuals......................... 519
Customer Service Information......... 520

509

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

510 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications

■ Vehicle Specifications

■ Light Bulbs

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating

Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type

Headlights (Low Beam)
Headlights (High Beam)
Fog Lights *
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/
Parking Lights*1
Front Turn Signal/
Side Marker Lights*2
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors) *, *3
Parking Lights*2
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillights
Lower Rear Side Marker/Brake/
Taillights
Back-Up Lights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
Rear License Plate Light
Cargo Area Light
Vanity Mirror Lights *
Interior Lights
Map Lights
Ceiling Light

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)

Information

510

*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
*6:
*7:
*8:
*9:

Honda CR-V
2
3
5
4,464 lbs (2,025 kg)*1
4,519 lbs (2,050 kg)*2, *3
4,564 lbs (2,070 kg)*4
4,630 lbs (2,100 kg)*5
Canada: 2,025 kg*6
2,050 kg*7
2,070 kg*8
2,100 kg*9
U.S.:
2,271 lbs (1,030 kg)*1
2,326 lbs (1,055 kg)*2, *3, *4
2,348 lbs (1,065 kg)*5
Canada: 1,030 kg*6
1,055 kg*7, *8
1,065 kg*9
U.S.:
2,238 lbs (1,015 kg)*1, *2, *3
2,282 lbs (1,035 kg)*4
2,326 lbs (1,055 kg)*5
Canada: 1,015 kg*6, *7
1,035 kg*8
1,055 kg*9
U.S.:

LX and EX models with 2WD
EXL and TOURING models with 2WD
LX models with AWD
EX models with AWD
EXL and TOURING models with AWD
LX models with 2WD
LX models with AWD
EX and SE models with 4WD
EXL and TOURING models with AWD

* Not available on all models

HFC-134a (R-134a)
13.6 – 15.4 oz (385 – 435 g)
SP-10

■ Engine Specifications
Displacement
Spark Plugs

144 cu-in (2,356 cm3)
DILKAR7H11GS
NGK
DILKAR7G11GS
DENSO
DXE22HQR-D11S

■ Fuel
Fuel:
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
15.3 US gal (58 ℓ)

■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity

U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)

55W (H11)
60W (HB3)
35W (H8)
28/8W (Amber)
28/8W (Amber)
LED
LED
3CP
21/5W
21W
21W (Amber)
LED
3CP
8W
1.4W
8W
8W

*1: Models without smart entry system
*2: Models with smart entry system
*3: Except Canadian models

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

511 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid
Specified

■ Engine Oil
Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■ Continuously Variable Transmission
Fluid
Specified
Capacity

Honda HCF-2 Transmission Fluid
3.9 US qt (3.7 ℓ)*1
Change
4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)*2

*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models

■ Rear Differential Fluid *
Specified
Capacity

Honda Dual Pump Fluid II
Change
1.32 US qt (1.247 ℓ)
Total
1.57 US qt (1.488 ℓ)

Recommended

Capacity

■ Tire
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
4.4 US qt (4.2 ℓ)
Change
including
4.6 US qt (4.4 ℓ)
filter

■ Engine Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity

Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
1.66 US gal (6.3 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.16 US gal (0.62 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Size
Regular
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Compact
Spare

Wheel Size

Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare

215/70R16 100S*1
225/65R17 102T*2
P225/60R18 99H*3
32 (220 [2.2])*1
33 (230 [2.3])*2
30 (210 [2.1])*3
T165/80D17 104M
60 (420 [4.2])
16 x 6.5J*1
17 x 7J*2
18 x 7J*3
17 x 4T

*1: Vehicle with 16 inch wheel
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel
*3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel

Information

* Not available on all models

511

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

512 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number and transmission number are
shown as follows.

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.

Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number
Cover
Continuously Variable
Transmission Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Information

512

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

513 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Smart Entry System *
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.

Information

As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
* Not available on all models

513

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

514 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

514

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

515 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has “Readiness Codes,” as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle's emissions components
are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w *1, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.

1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

Information

1. Fill the fuel tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about three minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button
instead of an ignition switch.
Continued

515

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

516 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

Information

516

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

517 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Information

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.

Continued

517

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

518 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

Information

518

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

519 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■ For U.S. Owners:
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■ For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

Information

519

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

520 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.

U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009

Information

520

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546

Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com

1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number P. 512
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

521 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

uuCustomer Service Informationu

■ Disclaimer of Pandora® *
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora application
installed on your mobile device. (Visit the
Apple iTunes® store or Google Play
Marketplace to download the latest
version.)
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.
• Android devices must be connected to
the vehicle via Bluetooth, iPhone® devices
may be connected via Bluetooth or USB.

Information

* Not available on all models

Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying songs, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com . Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.

521

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

522 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Index
Index
Numbers
4WD........................................................... 400

Index

522

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 407
Accessories and Modifications ................. 424
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 189
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)................. 375
Indicator .................................................... 82
Additives
Coolant ................................................... 447
Engine Oil................................................ 442
Washer.................................................... 451
Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 442
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 184
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Mirrors .................................................... 173
Rear Seat Back......................................... 183
Rear Seats................................................ 182
Steering Wheel ........................................ 172
Adjusting the Sound................................. 237
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 200
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 201
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 477
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 200

Sensors ................................................... 203
Synchronized Mode................................. 202
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Conditioning System (Heating and
Cooling System) ...................................... 197
Cooling ................................................... 199
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 199
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
Heating ................................................... 198
Air Pressure....................................... 466, 511
Airbags........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
Airbag Care............................................... 53
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 44
Indicator.............................................. 51, 73
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 52
Sensors ..................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 48
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 50
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................ 400
AM/FM Radio............................................ 215
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 407
Indicator.................................................... 73
Armrest ..................................................... 184
Audio Antenna......................................... 209
Audio System............................................ 206
Adjusting the Sound................................ 214
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 207
Error Messages........................................ 262

General Information................................ 267
Internet Radio ......................................... 224
iPhone .................................................... 270
iPod ........................................................ 221
MP3/WMA/AAC ..................... 218, 226, 253
Pandora® ................................................ 224
Reactivating ............................................ 210
Recommended CDs ................................ 268
Recommended Devices ........................... 270
Security Code ......................................... 210
Theft Protection ...................................... 210
USB Adapter Cable ................................. 207
USB Flash Drives...................................... 270
USB Port(s).............................................. 208
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 233
Authorized Manuals ................................ 519
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 139
Customize .............................................. 122
Automatic Intermittent Wipers .............. 165
Automatic Lighting.................................. 160
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 207
Average Fuel Economy ...................... 94, 112
Average Speed ......................................... 112
AWD (All-Wheel Drive)............................ 400

B
Battery ...................................................... 474
Charging System Indicator ................ 71, 499
Jump Starting ......................................... 494
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 474

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

523 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

C
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 67
Cargo Hook............................................... 192
Cargo Side Net.......................................... 191
Carrying Cargo.................................. 349, 351
CD Player ................................................... 218
Certification Label .................................... 512
Changing Bulbs......................................... 452
Charging System Indicator ................. 71, 499
Child Safety................................................. 54
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 138
Child Seat .................................................... 54
Booster Seats............................................. 66
Child Seat for Infants ................................. 56
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 57
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 62
Larger Children.......................................... 65
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 56
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 138
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 480
Cleaning the Interior ................................ 478
Climate Control System ............................ 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 200
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 201
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 477
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 200
Sensors.................................................... 203
Synchronized Mode ................................. 202

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Clock.......................................................... 128
CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking
SystemTM)................................................. 409
Coat Hook................................................. 191
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ................................................. 409
Indicator.............................................. 83, 84
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 485, 511
Compass .................................................... 342
Console Compartment ............................. 187
Continuously Variable Transmission ....... 367
Creeping ................................................. 367
Fluid........................................................ 449
Kickdown................................................ 367
Operating the Shift Lever................... 19, 369
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 496
Shifting ................................................... 368
Controls..................................................... 127
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 447
Adding to the Radiator............................ 448
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447
Overheating ............................................ 497
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Transmission) .......................................... 367
Cruise Control........................................... 371
Indicator.................................................... 79
Cup Holders .............................................. 188
Customer Service Information................. 520
Customized Features................ 100, 114, 271

Index

Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 475
Belts (Seat).................................................. 33
Beverage Holders..................................... 188
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 229
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® .................... 284
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 66
Brake System ............................................ 405
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 407
Brake Assist System................................. 408
Fluid ....................................................... 450
Foot Brake .............................................. 406
Indicator ........................................... 70, 501
Parking Brake.......................................... 405
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 167
Bulb Replacement.................................... 452
Brake Light, Taillight, Back-Up Light, Rear
Turn Signal Light and Lower Rear Side
Marker Lights...................................... 457
Fog Lights ............................................... 453
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Light/
Parking Lights ....................................... 455
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker Lights ....... 456
Headlights .............................................. 452
High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 460
Parking Lights ......................................... 456
Rear License Plate Lights ......................... 460
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights.................................................... 457
Upper Rear Side Marker/Taillights............ 459
Bulb Specifications................................... 510

523

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

524 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Index

524

Daytime Running Lights........................... 163
Dead Battery ............................................. 494
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.......................................... 199, 201
Detachable Anchor..................................... 38
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 513
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 159
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 173
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 443
Directional Signals (Turn Signals) ............ 158
Display Button .......................................... 111
Display Setup ............................................ 238
Door Mirrors ............................................. 174
Doors ......................................................... 130
Auto Door Locking .................................. 139
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 139
Door Open Indicator .................................. 32
Keys ........................................................ 130
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 133
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 136
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 468
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175
Driving....................................................... 347
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ................ 375
Braking.................................................... 405
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 367

Cruise Control......................................... 371
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines............... 358
Shifting Gear........................................... 368
Starting the Engine.......................... 360, 362
Driving Position Memory System ............ 170
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477

E
Eco Assist System .......................................... 9
ECON Button ............................................ 370
Elapsed Time............................................. 112
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 76, 501
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 396
Emergency ................................................ 506
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 515
Engine ....................................................... 512
Coolant................................................... 447
Jump Starting.......................................... 494
Oil........................................................... 442
Starting ........................................... 360, 362
Switch Buzzer.................................. 153, 156
Engine Coolant......................................... 447
Adding to the Radiator............................ 448
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 447
Overheating ............................................ 497
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Engine Oil ................................................. 442
Adding.................................................... 444
Checking................................................. 443

Displaying Oil Life ................................... 429
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 499
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 442
ENGINE START/STOP Button.................... 154
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System............................................... 76, 501
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon
Monoxide) ................................................ 67
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 480
Exterior Mirrors........................................ 174

F
Features .................................................... 205
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 477
Oil .......................................................... 445
Flat Tire..................................................... 485
Floor Mats ................................................ 479
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 450
Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 449
Engine Coolant ....................................... 447
Windshield Washer ................................. 451
Fog Light Indicator .................................... 77
Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 182
Foot Brake ................................................ 406
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Front Seats................................................ 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 374

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

525 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Fuel ..................................................... 21, 420
Economy................................................. 423
Gauge ...................................................... 92
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 72
Range ............................................... 94, 112
Recommendation.................................... 420
Refueling ................................................ 420
Fuel Economy ........................................... 423
Fuel Fill Cap .............................................. 422
Message ................................................. 500
Fuel Fill Door ............................................ 421
Fuses ......................................................... 503
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 505
Locations ........................................ 503, 504

Handling the Unexpected ........................ 483
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ............................... 284
Automatic Import of Cellular
Phonebook and Call History ........... 300, 327
Automatic Transferring ............................ 298
Caller’s ID Information ............................. 298
HFL Buttons ..................................... 284, 313
HFL Menus ...................................... 286, 315
HFL Status Display ........................... 285, 314
Limitations for Manual Operation .... 285, 314
Mail Account ........................................... 335
Making a Call .................................. 303, 330
Options During a Call ...................... 307, 333
Phone Setup .................................... 291, 320
Receiving a Call ............................... 306, 333
Ring Tone ................................................ 326
Speed Dial ....................................... 301, 328
Text Message .......... 296, 308, 325, 334, 336
To Clear the System................................. 299
To Create a Security PIN .......................... 297
Hazard Warning Button............................... 4
HDMI® Port ............................................... 209
Head Restraints......................................... 178
Headlights................................................. 159
Aiming .................................................... 452
Automatic Operation ............................... 160
Dimming ......................................... 159, 163
Operating ................................................ 159
Heated Door Mirror Button ..................... 168
Heated Windshield Button ...................... 169

Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 194
Heating and Cooling System ................... 197
Cooling ................................................... 199
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 199
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 477
Heating ................................................... 198
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 284
High Beam Indicator .................................. 77
Hill Start Assist System ..................... 361, 365
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 282
HondaLink ................................................ 340

I
Identification Numbers ............................ 512
Engine and Transmission ......................... 512
Vehicle Identification ............................... 512
Ignition Switch ......................................... 153
Illumination Control................................. 167
Knob....................................................... 167
i-MID (intelligent Multi-Information
Display).................................................... 111
Immobilizer System .................................. 147
Indicator.................................................... 78
Index

Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 423
Gauge ...................................................... 92
Information............................................. 420
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 72
Refueling ................................................ 420
Gauges........................................................ 92
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 368
Glass (care) ............................................... 481
Glove Box ................................................. 187

525

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

Index

526

526 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Indicators..................................................... 70
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .................. 82
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System................... 73
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 73
Brake System ............................................. 81
Charging System ............................... 71, 499
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM
(CMBSTM) ........................................... 83, 84
CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 79, 372
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 79, 371
Door Open .......................................... 32, 75
ECON Mode ...................................... 78, 370
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 76, 501
Fog Light ................................................... 77
High Beam................................................. 77
Immobilizer System.................................... 78
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................. 85
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ............ 82
Lights On................................................... 77
Low Fuel.................................................... 72
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 70, 499
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 76, 403
Maintenance Minder ......................... 79, 429
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 71, 500
Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 70, 501
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 72
Security System Alarm ............................... 78
Shift Lever Position .................................... 71
Smart Entry System.................................... 80
Starter System ........................................... 80
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 51, 73

System Message Indicator ......................... 81
Tailgate Open............................................ 75
Transmission ............................................. 72
Turn Signal................................................ 77
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 74, 396
VSA® OFF .......................................... 74, 397
Washer Level............................................. 79
Information .............................................. 509
Information Button.................................... 96
Information Display ................................... 93
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge..................... 98
Instrument Panel ........................................ 69
Brightness Control................................... 167
intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID) ..................................................... 111
Interior Lights ........................................... 185
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 173
Internet Radio .................................. 251, 252
iPod ........................................................... 221

J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 488
Jump Starting ........................................... 494

K
Key Number Tag....................................... 132
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 136

Keys........................................................... 130
Lockout Prevention ................................. 136
Master Keys ............................................ 130
Number Tag............................................ 132
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 138
Remote Transmitter ................................ 133
Types and Functions................................ 130
Valet Key ................................................ 131
Won’t Turn ............................................... 24
Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Transmission).......................................... 367

L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ............. 386
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 390
Indicator ................................................... 82
LaneWatchTM ............................................ 398
Language (HFL) ........................................ 285
LATCH (Child Seats) ............................. 59, 63
LDW (Lane Departure Warning) ............. 386
Lights ................................................ 159, 452
Automatic............................................... 160
Bulb Replacement ................................... 452
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 163
Fog Lights ............................................... 162
High Beam Indicator ................................. 77
Interior.................................................... 185
Light Switches......................................... 159
Lights On Indicator.................................... 77
Turn Signals ............................................ 158

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

527 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Load Limits ............................................... 351
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 130
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 139
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 138
From Inside ............................................. 137
From Outside .......................................... 133
Keys........................................................ 130
Using a Key............................................. 136
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 136
Low Battery Charge ................................. 499
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 72
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 70, 499
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength.................................................. 132
Lower Anchors ..................................... 59, 63
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 351

M
425
474
450
478
477
447
477
429
443
426
448
475

N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 512

O
Odometer.............................................. 93, 97
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 358
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 442
Adding .................................................... 444

Checking................................................. 443
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 429
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 499
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 442
Viscosity .................................................. 442
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 441
Moonroof ............................................... 152
Power Windows ...................................... 150
Tailgate ................................................... 140
Outside Temperature........................... 95, 98
Adjusting ............................................ 95, 98
Overheating.............................................. 497

P
Pandora®........................................... 224, 252
Panic Mode ............................................... 149
Parking...................................................... 416
Parking Brake ........................................... 405
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator............................................ 70, 501
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 52
Passing Indicators ..................................... 159
Playing Bluetooth® Audio........................ 256
Power Tailgate ......................................... 143
Power Windows ....................................... 150
Precautions While Driving ....................... 366
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle .................................................. 366
Rain ........................................................ 366

Index

Maintenance ............................................
Battery....................................................
Brake Fluid..............................................
Cleaning .................................................
Climate Control System ..........................
Coolant ..................................................
Heating and Cooling System ...................
Maintenance MinderTM............................
Oil ..........................................................
Precautions .............................................
Radiator..................................................
Remote Transmitter ................................

Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 452
Safety ...................................................... 427
Service Items ........................................... 434
Tires ........................................................ 465
Transmission Fluid ................................... 449
Under the Hood ...................................... 440
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 500
Map Lights ................................................ 186
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 351
Meters, Gauges ........................................... 92
Mirrors....................................................... 173
Adjusting................................................. 173
Door........................................................ 174
Exterior.................................................... 174
Interior Rearview ..................................... 173
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 424
Moonroof.................................................. 152
MP3 ........................................... 218, 226, 253
Multi-Information Display ......................... 96
Multi-View Rear Camera .......................... 417

527

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

528 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Pregnant Women ....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 485

Index

528

Radiator..................................................... 448
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 215
Radio (XM®) .............................................. 242
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 217, 240
Range .................................................. 94, 112
RDS (Radio Data System).................. 217, 240
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 515
Real Time AWD with Intelligent Control
SystemTM .................................................. 400
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button...................................................... 168
Rear Seat Back .......................................... 183
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 182
Rearview Mirror........................................ 173
Refueling................................................... 420
Fuel Gauge ................................................ 92
Gasoline .......................................... 420, 510
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 72
Regulations ............................... 403, 468, 513
Remote Transmitter.................................. 133
Replacement
Battery..................................................... 475
Bulbs ....................................................... 452
Front Wiper Blade Rubber........................ 461
Fuses ............................................... 503, 504
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ......................... 463

Tires ........................................................ 471
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 514
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 94

S
Safe Driving ................................................ 27
Safety Check ............................................... 32
Safety Labels............................................... 68
Safety Message............................................. 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 33
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 37
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 35
Checking................................................... 40
Detachable Anchor.................................... 38
Fastening .................................................. 36
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 62
Pregnant Women ...................................... 39
Reminder .................................................. 34
Warning Indicator ............................... 34, 72
Seat Heaters.............................................. 194
Seats .......................................................... 175
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 175
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Rear Seats ............................................... 182
Seat Heaters............................................ 194
Security System......................................... 147
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 78
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 78

SEL/RESET Button ....................................... 96
Select Lever ........................................ 19, 368
Operation ......................................... 19, 369
Releasing ................................................ 496
Won’t Move ........................................... 496
Select/Reset Knob ...................................... 93
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58
Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 213
Setting the Clock...................................... 128
Shift Lever .......................................... 19, 368
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 71, 369
Shifting (Transmission) ............................ 368
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37
Side Airbags ............................................... 48
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 50
Siri Eyes Free............................................. 261
Smart Entry System .................................. 134
SMS Text Message............................ 296, 308
Snow Tires ................................................ 473
Spare Tire ......................................... 485, 511
Spark Plugs ............................................... 510
Specifications ........................................... 510
Specified Fuel ................................... 420, 510
Speedometer.............................................. 92
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 44
Starting the Engine.......................... 360, 362
Does Not Start ........................................ 491
Engine Switch Buzzer ...................... 153, 156
Jump Starting ......................................... 494
Steering Wheel ........................................ 172
Adjusting ................................................ 172

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

529 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Stopping ................................................... 416
Summer Tires............................................ 473
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 193
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 153
Synchronized Mode ................................. 202

Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 25, 138
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 496
Warning Indicators .................................... 70
Turn Signals .............................................. 158
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 77

U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 133
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ......................................................... 14
USB Adapter Cable........................... 206, 207
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 270
USB Port(s) ........................................ 206, 208

V
Valet Key................................................... 131
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 512
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 396
Off Button............................................... 397
Off Indicator.............................................. 74
System Indicator........................................ 74
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 442, 511
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 396

Index

Tachometer ................................................ 92
Tailgate..................................................... 140
Remote Transmitter ................................ 142
Unable to Open ...................................... 507
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Temperature Sensor ................................ 203
Text Message.................................... 296, 308
Time (Setting)........................................... 128
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)..................................................... 401
Button .................................................... 401
Indicator ................................................... 76
Tires .......................................................... 465
Air Pressure..................................... 466, 511
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 465
Inspection ............................................... 465
Labeling.................................................. 466
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 485
Regulations............................................. 468
Rotation.................................................. 472
Spare Tire ....................................... 485, 511

Summer .................................................. 473
Tire Chains .............................................. 473
Wear Indicators ....................................... 470
Winter ..................................................... 473
Tonneau Cover ......................................... 195
Tools .......................................................... 484
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 353
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 354
Load Limits .............................................. 353
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 357
Behind a Motorhome .............................. 357
Emergency .............................................. 506
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 401
Button ..................................................... 401
Indicator .................................................... 76
Transmission ............................................. 368
Continuously Variable.............................. 368
Fluid ........................................................ 449
Number ................................................... 512
Shift Lever Position Indicator .............. 71, 369
Trip Meter ............................................. 94, 97
Troubleshooting ....................................... 483
Blown Fuse ...................................... 503, 504
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25
Emergency Towing .................................. 506
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 491
Noise When Braking .................................. 26
Overheating ............................................ 497
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 485

W
Wallpaper ......................................... 123, 235
Warning and Information Messages......... 86
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 499

529

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

530 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Index

Warning Labels ........................................... 68
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 517
Watts ......................................................... 510
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 470
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 488
Window Washers...................................... 164
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 451
Switch ..................................................... 164
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 150
Windshield ................................................ 164
Cleaning.................................................. 481
Defrosting/Defogging ...................... 199, 201
Washer Fluid............................................ 451
Wiper Blades ........................................... 461
Wipers and Washers ................................ 164
Winter Tires............................................... 473
Snow Tires............................................... 473
Tire Chains .............................................. 473
Wipers and Washers ................................. 164
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 165
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 461
Front ....................................................... 164
Rear......................................................... 166
WMA ......................................... 218, 226, 253
Worn Tires................................................. 465

X
XM® Radio................................................. 242

530

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

531 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

15 CR-V-31T0A6300.book

532 ページ

２０１５年２月２日 月曜日 午前１０時３５分

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2015:02:12 16:30:32-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2015:02:12 17:00:57-08:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2015:02:12 17:00:57-08:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:88795b45-82ba-4b52-b5fe-43882b9ccb0d
Instance ID                     : uuid:b99cfb45-3964-4f33-b560-2468a3ed0bc9
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 533

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Honda 2015 Cr V Owners Manual

Manual AT0Z1515OM 2015 Honda CR-V Owner's Manual | Manual Device

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation